ABB MMS Contactors Overload Relays
ABB MMS Contactors Overload Relays
ABB MMS Contactors Overload Relays
The currents given below concern standard three-phase four-pole cage motors (1500 r.p.m. at 50 Hz 1800 r.p.m. at 60 Hz).
These values are given for guidance and may vary according to the motor manufacturer and depending on the number of poles.
IEC Motor nominal current: standardized values in blue colour UL / CSA Motor nominal current: standardized values
(according to IEC 60947-4-1 Annex G) (according to IEC 60947-4-1 Annex G and UL 508)
Motor Motor
power 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V power 208 V 220-240 V 380-415 V 440-480 V 550-600 V
kW A A A A A A A A A A hp A A A A A
0.06 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.21 0.2 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.12 1/2 2.4 2.2 1.3 1.1 0.9
0.09 0.54 0.52 0.50 0.32 0.3 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.18 0.17 3/4 3.5 3.2 1.8 1.6 1.3
0.12 0.73 0.7 0.67 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.32 0.24 0.23 1 4.6 4.2 2.3 2.1 1.7
0.18 1 1 1 0.63 0.6 0.58 0.53 0.48 0.37 0.35 1-1/2 6.6 6 3.3 3 2.4
0.25 1.6 1.5 1.4 0.9 0.85 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.51 0.49 2 7.5 6.8 4.3 3.4 2.7
0.37 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.2 1.1 1.1 1 0.88 0.67 0.64 3 10.6 9.6 6.1 4.8 3.9
0.55 2.7 2.6 2.5 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 0.91 0.87 5 16.7 15.2 9.7 7.6 6.1
0.75 3.5 3.3 3.2 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.15 1.1 7-1/2 24.2 22 14 11 9
1.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.2 1.7 1.6 10 30.8 28 18 14 11
1.5 6.6 6.3 6 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.2 2.1 15 46.2 42 27 21 17
2.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.3 3.9 2.9 2.8 20 59.4 54 34 27 22
3 11.8 11.3 10.8 6.8 6.5 6.3 5.7 5.2 4 3.8 25 74.8 68 44 34 27
4 15.7 15 14.4 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.4 6.8 5.1 4.9 30 88 80 51 40 32
5.5 20.9 20 19.2 12.1 11.5 11.1 10.1 9.2 7 6.7 40 114 104 66 52 41
7.5 28.2 27 25.9 16.3 15.5 14.9 13.6 12.4 9.3 8.9 50 143 130 83 65 52
11 39.7 38 36.4 23.2 22 21.2 19.3 17.6 13.4 12.8 60 169 154 103 77 62
15 53.3 51 48.9 30.5 29 28 25.4 23 17.8 17 75 211 192 128 96 77
18.5 63.8 61 58.5 36.8 35 33.7 30.7 28 22 21 100 273 248 165 124 99
22 75.3 72 69 43.2 41 39.5 35.9 33 25.1 24 125 343 312 208 156 125
30 100 96 92 57.9 55 53 48.2 44 33.5 32 150 396 360 240 180 144
37 120 115 110 69 66 64 58 53 40.8 39 200 528 480 320 240 192
45 146 140 134 84 80 77 70 64 49.1 47 250 – 604 403 302 242
55 177 169 162 102 97 93 85 78 59.6 57 300 – 722 482 361 289
75 240 230 220 139 132 127 116 106 81 77 350 – 828 560 414 336
90 291 278 266 168 160 154 140 128 97 93 400 – 954 636 477 382
110 355 340 326 205 195 188 171 156 118 113 450 – 1030 – 515 412
132 418 400 383 242 230 222 202 184 140 134 500 – 1180 786 590 472
160 509 487 467 295 280 270 245 224 169 162
200 637 609 584 368 350 337 307 280 212 203
250 782 748 717 453 430 414 377 344 261 250
315 983 940 901 568 540 520 473 432 327 313
355 1109 1061 1017 642 610 588 535 488 370 354
400 1255 1200 1150 726 690 665 605 552 418 400
500 1545 1478 1416 895 850 819 745 680 515 493
560 1727 1652 1583 1000 950 916 832 760 576 551
630 1928 1844 1767 1116 1060 1022 929 848 643 615
710 2164 2070 1984 1253 1190 1147 1043 952 721 690
800 2446 2340 2243 1417 1346 1297 1179 1076 815 780
900 2760 2640 2530 1598 1518 1463 1330 1214 920 880
1000 3042 2910 2789 1761 1673 1613 1466 1339 1014 970
1SBC101589S0201
1
Overview
2
Manual motor starters
3
B mini contactors
4
AS contactors
5
AF, A and EK contactors
6
Overload relays
7
R contactors
8
Motor management system
9
Coordination with short-circuit protection devices
10
Index
1SBC101622C0201
ABB | 1/1
1
High performance contactors for your applications
from 9 to 5000 A
Mini contactors for compact equipments - up to 5.5 kW / 5 hp The right choice for many applications
Contactors for all industrial applications up to 2050 A and – Pumps
motor starting-up to 560 kW (400 V) / 900 hp (480 V) – HVAC
Contactors for heavy duty applications - up to 5000 A, – Compressors
1000 V AC / 1500 V DC – Power supply solutions
– Packing machines
– Complete and harmonized 3 and 4-pole ranges. – Cranes
– High performance and high quality materials. – Elevators and escalators
– Compact dimensions easy to integrate in all designs. – Moulding machines
– AF contactors with electronic coil interface: Wood machines
- wide voltage range AC / DC, sag and dips immunity, – Robot
- built-in surge suppressor. – Windmill
– Complying with the latest international standards. – Solar system
– Water heating
– Fuel cells
– Traction
1SBC101623C0201
1/2 | ABB
1SBC101623C0201
ABB | 1/3
1
IEC AC-3 Rated operational power θ ≤ 55 °C*, 400 V kW 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
UL/CSA 3-phase motor rating 480 V hp 3 5 5 7.5 10 5 7.5 10 15 20 20
AC Control supply Type B6 B7 AS09 AS12 AS16 AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
DC Control supply Type BC6 BC7 ASL09 ASL12 ASL16 AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CAF6 CA3-10 (1 x N.O.), CA4-10 (1 x N.O.),
CA3-01 (1 x N.C.) CA4-01 (1 x N.C.)
Side mounting CA6 CAL4-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
Timers Pneumatic
(Front mounting)
Electronic TEF3-ON, TEF3-OFF
Interlocking units (1) Mechanical VM3 VM4
Mechanical / Electrical VEM4
Connection sets For reversing contactors BSM6-30 BER16C-3 BER16-4 BER38-4
Surge suppressors Varistor (AC/DC) RV-BC6 RV5 (24…440 V)
Overload relays
Thermal relays Class 10 T16 T16 TF42
(10A or 20 for TA42DU to TA80DU) (0.10…16 A) (0.10…16 A) (0.10…38 A)
Electronic relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU EF19 EF19 (0.10…18.9 A),
(0.10…18.9 A) (0.10…18.9 A) EF45 (9…45 A)
Accessories Remote tripping coil
for thermal Remote reset coil
overload relays
Wall/separate mounting kit DB16 (T16 only), DB42
DB16E (E16DU only) (TF42 only)
1/4 | ABB
1
18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 140 160 200 250 315 400 — 475 560 —
30 40 60 60 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 350 400 500 600 — 800 900 —
A40 A50 A63 A75 A95 A110 A145 A185 A210 A260 A300 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
AL40 AE50 AE63 AE75 AF95 AF110 AF145 AF185 AF210 AF260 AF300 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
— AF50 AF63 AF75 AF95 AF110 AF145 AF185 AF210 AF260 AF300 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
37 50 65 75 96 110 145 185 210 260 305 400 460 580 750 — 860 1050 —
60 100 115 125 145 160 250 275 350 400 500 600 700 800 1050 1260 1350 1650 2050
60 80 90 105 125 140 230 250 300 350 400 550 650 750 900 1210 1350 1650 2100
— 2 — 3 — — 4 — — 5 — — 6 — 7 — — 8 —
CA5-10 (1 x N.O.),
CA5-01 (1 x N.C.)
CAL5-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.) CAL18-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
TP40DA, TP180DA Direct timing
TP40IA, TP180IA Inverse timing
DS25-A
DR25-A
DB80, DB45E, DB80E DB80, DB200, DB200 DT450/A
D140E
Circuit breakers
(40…50 A) Ics up to 50 kA
ABB | 1/5
1
IEC AC-1 Rated operational current θ ≤ 40 °C, 690 V A 16 20
UL/CSA General use rating 600 V A 12 (300 V) 16
2 2 3 1 4 0
1/6 | ABB
1
25 30 45 55 70 100 125 200 250 300 350 550 800 1000
25 30 45 55 80 80 105 170 200 250 300 420 540 —
AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 A45 A50 A75 EK110 EK150 EK175 EK210 EK370 EK550 EK1000
AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AE45 AE50 AE75 EK110 EK150 EK175 EK210 EK370 EK550 EK1000
Contactor relays
3 3
A 600, Q 300 A 600, Q 600
2 2 3 1 4 0 2 2 3 1 4 0
ABB | 1/7
1
One product family
ABB presents a new generation of first-class specialized
components: manual motor starters, contactors, overload
relays and softstarters for motor starting solutions up to
18.5 kW / 20 hp
1SBC101105S0202
1/8 | ABB
ABB | 1/9
1
Short-circuit and overload protection
– Type 1 or type 2 coordination guaranteed with manual
motor starters
– Choice of thermal or electronic overload relays
Simple construction
– All starters in 45 mm width module
Time/cost saving
– Same frame size for AC or DC control supply
– Easy, fast and secure assembly, fitting and wiring of
components
1/10 | ABB
A
RESET Current setting range
95
M 97
Reset function
TEST
96
98
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
KM1 KM2
01 NC 01NC
KM1 KM2
A2 A2
VEM4
1SBC101105S0202
ABB | 1/11
Handle in
TRIP position
TRIP indication
Lockable handle
without accessory
Handle in
TRIP position
Test function
Current setting
1/12 | ABB
A unique contactor for AC or DC control supply Only four coils for easier selection
– Manages large control voltage variations Control voltages covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and
– Includes an electronic coil interface with extended operating 20...500 V DC
limits 0.85 x Uc min. ... 1.1 x Uc max.
Main contacts
N.O. / N.C.
Auxiliary contacts
AF operating limits Conventional
Contactor type N.O. / N.C.
for coil 100...250 V 50/60 Hz - DC operating limits
for coil 220...230 V 50 Hz
1.1 x Uc max. (275 V)
AF09 Z - 30 - 10 - 21
Uc max. (250 V) 1.1 x Uc (253 V)
Uc = 220...230 V AC
AC Coil code
50 Hz
21 24...60 V 50/60 Hz / 20...60 V DC
Uc min. ... Uc max. = 0.85 x Uc (187 V) 12 48...130 V 50/60 Hz - DC
100...250 V AC / DC 13 100...250 V 50/60 Hz - DC
50/60 Hz - DC
14 250...500 V 50/60 Hz - DC
ABB | 1/13
1
Optimize your auxiliary contact block configuration
– AF09...AF16 3-pole contactors equipped with a built-in
auxiliary contact N.O. or N.C.
– Up to 6 additional auxiliary contacts:
- front-mounted 1 or 4-pole CA4 blocks
- side-mounted 2-pole CAL4 blocks
– Reduced panel dimension using up to 2 side-mounted
2-pole CAL4 blocks
Top-mounted coil terminal Coil terminal block transferable Additional LDC4 coil terminal Front-mounted 2-pole CAT4
block to bottom position block mounted in bottom auxiliary contact block for
position front coil connection
Protect your equipment against accidental contact Complete choice of contactor relays
– Same advantages and accessories as AF contactors
– Only four coils for easier selection
Sealable and transparent protective
covers on contactors (BX4) and
overload relays Contactor relay Auxiliary contacts
type N.O. / N.C.
NF Z 22 E - 21
Non-removable
protective covers Coil code
(BX4-CA) for 21 24...60 V 50/60 Hz / 20...60 V DC
12 48...130 V 50/60 Hz - DC
auxiliary contact 13 100...250 V 50/60 Hz - DC
1SBC101105S0202
1/14 | ABB
J2
ABB | 1/15
Somm_MMS
2/0 | ABB
Ics up to 100 kA
MS132 manual motor starters 2/10
Technical data 2/11
Main accessories 2/14
Somm_MMS
ABB | 2/1
Description
Manual motor starters (MMS) are protection devices for the main circuit. They combine motor control and
protection in a single device. MMS are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them
and the installation fuse less against short-circuit, overload and phase failures. Fuse less protection with
2CDC241010F0011
a manual motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit condition, by
2 switching off the motor within milliseconds.
MS116 is a compact and economic range for motor protection up to 7.5 kW (400 V) / 32 A in width of 45 mm.
Further features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature compensation, trip-free mechanism and
a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication. The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and
single-phase applications. Auxiliary contacts, signalling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, three-
MS116-16 phase bus bars, power in-feed blocks and locking devices for protection against unauthorized changes
are available as accessory.
Ordering details
Rated Rated Short-circuit Rated instan- Type Order code Weight
operational operational breaking taneous short- (1 pce)
power current capacity ICS at circuit current
2CDC241001F0011
97,8 / 3,85"
45 / 1,77"
75 / 2,95"
35 / 1,38"
75 / 2,95"
45 / 1,77"
35 / 1,38"
90 / 3,54"
57,8 / 2,3"
57,8 / 2,3"
27,5 / 1,1"
27,5 / 1,1"
2CDC131039C0201_1s10
2CDC242002F0010
2CDC242001F0011
2/2 | ABB
Note: Maximum rated current of the back-up fuses if ICC > ICS
ABB | 2/3
2/4 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MS116 ≤ 16 A MS116 ≥ 20 A
Connecting capacity
Solid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 6 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 1 ... 6 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 12-8
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 12-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 … 12 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2 / 5.5 mm) M4 (Pozidriv 2 / 6.5 mm)
2CDC131039C0201_4s10
ABB | 2/5
Description
2CDC241017F0010
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 100 A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual
motor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected. Different three-phase
feeder terminals are available according to the application.
2
Ordering details
PS1-2-0-65 Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
current aux. qty (1 pce)
2CDC241014F0010
A kg
Three-phase busbars
65 2 0 PS1-2-0-65 1SAM201906R1102 10 0.034
65 3 0 PS1-3-0-65 1SAM201906R1103 10 0.055
65 4 0 PS1-4-0-65 1SAM201906R1104 10 0.077
PS1-3-1-100 65 5 0 PS1-5-0-65 1SAM201906R1105 10 0.098
65 2 1 PS1-2-1-65 1SAM201906R1112 10 0.036
65 3 1 PS1-3-1-65 1SAM201906R1113 10 0.060
1SBC101226F0014
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
current section qty (1 pce)
A mm² kg
SK0108B91
2/6 | ABB
Description
MS116 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front mounting, signalling
contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. The accessories can be fitted wiring
HKF1-11 free and without tools. A variety of combinations is possible as required for the application. The auxiliary
contacts change position with the main contacts. The signalling contact signals tripping regardless if it was
caused by short-circuit or overload. Undervoltage release are used for remote tripping of the manual motor
2
starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release the MMS used for remote tripping.
Ordering details
Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
1SBC101209F0014
N.O. N.C.
kg
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
1 1 HKF1-11 1SAM201901R1001 10 0.015
SK1-11 Rated control supply Frequency Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable on the left
24 50/60 AA1-24 1SAM201910R1001 1 0.100
110 50/60 AA1-110 1SAM201910R1002 1 0.100
200 ... 240 50/60 AA1-230 1SAM201910R1003 1 0.100
1SBC101211F0014
UA1-24
2CDC131039C0201_6s10
ABB | 2/7
Description
IB132 are IP65 enclosures for single MMS installation. Additional mounting of auxiliary and signalling
contacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For
detailed specification see installation instruction.
2 DMS132 are IP65 door mounting kits for MMS installation in any enclosure. Additional mounting of
2CDC241004F0010
auxiliary, signalling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF
position. For detailed specification see installation instruction.
Ordering details
Description Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
IB132-Y
qty (1 pce)
kg
Enclosures IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red IB132-Y 1SAM201911R1011 1 0.370
diameter 4 ... 6.5 mm Grey/black IB132-G 1SAM201911R1010 1 0.370
Door mounting kit IP65
2CDC241003F0010
IB132-G
2CDC241002F0010
DMS132-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS132-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
2CDC131039C0201_9s10
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
121 4.76"
0
OFF
2CDC242011F0011
2CDC242012F0011
0
OFF
116.15 4.57"
IB132 DMS132
2/8 | ABB
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2CDC241003F0011
2
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Shafts
MSHD-LB For selector type handles. Shaft diameter 85 OXS6X85 1SCA101647R1001 1 0.020
6 mm. Shaft extension for door coupling 105 OXS6X105 1SCA108043R1001 1 0.020
driver. 130 OXS6X130 1SCA101655R1001 1 0.030
180 OXS6X180 1SCA101659R1001 1 0.040
MSOX-30
ABB | 2/9
Description
Manual motor starters (MMS) are protection devices for the main circuit. They combine motor control and
protection in a single device. MMS are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them and
the installation fuse less against short-circuit, overload and phase failures. Fuse less protection with a manual
motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit condition, by switching off
2
1SBC101232F0010
Ordering details
Rated Setting Short-circuit Rated instan- Type Order code Weight
operational range breaking taneous short- (1 pce)
power capacity ICS at circuit current
400 V 400 V AC setting li
2CDC241001F0011
AC-3
kW A kA A kg
0.03 0.10 … 0.16 100 1.56 MS132-0.16 1SAM350000R1001 0.215
0.06 0.16 … 0.25 100 2.44 MS132-0.25 1SAM350000R1002 0.215
0.09 0.25 … 0.40 100 3.90 MS132-0.4 1SAM350000R1003 0.215
0.12 0.40 … 0.63 100 6.14 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.215
MS132-32 0.25 0.63 … 1.00 100 11.50 MS132-1.0 1SAM350000R1005 0.215
0.55 1.00 … 1.60 100 18.40 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 0.265
0.75 1.60 … 2.50 100 28.75 MS132-2.5 1SAM350000R1007 0.265
1.5 2.50 … 4.00 100 50.00 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 0.265
2.2 4.00 … 6.30 100 78.75 MS132-6.3 1SAM350000R1009 0.265
4.0 6.30 … 10.0 100 150 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 0.265
5.5 8.00 … 12.0 100 180 MS132-12 1SAM350000R1012 0.310
7.5 10.0 … 16.0 100 240 MS132-16 1SAM350000R1011 0.310
2CDC241014F0011
35 / 1,38"
97,8 / 3,85"
45 / 1,77"
75 / 2,95"
35 / 1,38"
45 / 1,77"
90 / 3,54"
75 / 2,95"
2CDC131040C0201_1s10
2CDC242002F0010
2CDC242001F0011
MS132 ≤ 10 A MS132 ≥ 12 A
2/10 | ABB
Note: Maximum rated current of the back-up fuses if ICC > ICS
MS132-16: No need for back-up fuse in networks with a prospective current of up to 100 kA at 400 V.
MS132-32: No need for back-up fuse in networks with a prospective current of up to 50 kA at 400 V.
With an approbiate 125 A type gG fuse the device can be used in a network with a prospective current of up to 100 kA
ABB | 2/11
480 V 600 V 480 V 600 V 480Y / 277 V 600Y / 347 V 480 V 600 V
kA kA kA kA kA kA kA kA
MS132-0.16 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-0.25 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-0.4 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-0.63 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-1.0 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-1.6 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-2.5 65 47 65 47 65 47 65 47
MS132-4.0 65 18 65 30 65 18 65 18
MS132-6.3 65 18 65 30 65 - 65 18
MS132-10 65 18 65 30 65 - 65 18
MS132-12 30 18 30 30 30 - 30 18
MS132-16 30 18 30 30 30 - 30 18
MS132-20 30 18 30 30 30 - 30 18
MS132-25 30 18 30 30 30 - 30 18
2CDC131040C0201_3s10
MS132-32 30 18 30 30 30 - 30 18
2/12 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MS132-0.16 … MS132-10 MS132-12 … MS132-16 MS132-20 … MS132-32
Connecting capacity
Solid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm² 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 6 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 1 ... 6 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-12 AWG 12-8
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-12 AWG 12-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm 10 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 … 12 Ib.in 1.5 Nm / 14 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M4 (Pozidriv 2) M4 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC131040C0201_4s10
ABB | 2/13
2CDC241007F0010 Description
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 100 A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual
motor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected. Different three-phase
feeder terminals are available according to the application.
2 PS1-3-1-65
2CDC241014F0010
Ordering details
Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
current aux. qty (1 pce)
A kg
Three-phase busbars
PS1-3-1-100 65 2 0 PS1-2-0-65 1SAM201906R1102 10 0.034
65 3 0 PS1-3-0-65 1SAM201906R1103 10 0.055
1SBC101226F0014
S1-M3-25
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
current section qty (1 pce)
A mm² kg
Three-phase feeder terminals
SK0109B91
2/14 | ABB
Description
MS132 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front mounting, signalling
contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. Two different signalling contacts are
HKF1-11 available. The accessories can be fitted wiring free and without tools. A variety of combinations is possible
as required for the application. The auxiliary contacts change position with the main contacts. The
signalling contact SK signals tripping regardless if it was caused by short-circuit or overload. The signalling
2
contact CK signals tripping in case it was caused by short-circuit. Undervoltage release are used for
remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release the
MMS used for remote tripping.
1SBC101209F0014
Ordering details
Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C.
kg
HK1-11 Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
1 1 HKF1-11 1SAM201901R1001 10 0.015
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the right
1 1 max. 2 pieces HK1-11 1SAM201902R1001 2 0.035
2 0 max. 2 pieces HK1-20 1SAM201902R1002 2 0.035
0 2 max. 2 pieces HK1-02 1SAM201902R1003 2 0.035
2 0 with lead contacts HK1-20L 1SAM201902R1004 2 0.035
1SBC101210F0014
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable on the left
24 50/60 AA1-24 1SAM201910R1001 1 0.100
CK1-11 110 50/60 AA1-110 1SAM201910R1002 1 0.100
200 ... 240 50/60 AA1-230 1SAM201910R1003 1 0.100
350 ... 415 50/60 AA1-400 1SAM201910R1004 1 0.100
Undervoltage releases – mountable on the left
24 50 UA1-24 1SAM201904R1001 1 0.100
48 50 UA1-48 1SAM201904R1002 1 0.100
60 50 UA1-60 1SAM201904R1003 1 0.100
1SBC101211F0014
UA1-24
ABB | 2/15
Description
IB132 are IP65 enclosures for single MMS installation. Additional mounting of auxiliary and signalling
contacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For
detailed specification see installation instruction.
2 DMS132 are IP65 door mounting kits for MMS installation in any enclosure. Additional mounting of
2CDC241004F0010
auxiliary, signalling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF
position. For detailed specification see installation instruction.
Ordering details
Description Colour Type Order code Pkg Weight
IB132-Y
qty (1 pce)
kg
Enclosures IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red IB132-Y 1SAM201911R1011 1 0.370
diameter 4 ... 6.5 mm Grey/black IB132-G 1SAM201911R1010 1 0.370
Door mounting kit IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red DMS132-Y 1SAM201912R1011 1 0.170
2CDC241003F0010
IB132-G
2CDC241002F0010
DMS132-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS132-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
2CDC131040C0201_9s10
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
121 4.76"
0
OFF
2CDC242011F0011
2CDC242012F0011
0
OFF
116.15 4.57"
IB132 DMS132
2/16 | ABB
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2CDC241007F0011
2
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Shafts
MSHD-LTB For selector type handles. Shaft diameter 85 OXS6X85 1SCA101647R1001 1 0.020
6 mm. Shaft extension for door coupling 105 OXS6X105 1SCA108043R1001 1 0.020
driver. 130 OXS6X130 1SCA101655R1001 1 0.030
180 OXS6X180 1SCA101659R1001 1 0.040
MSOX-30
ABB | 2/17
Description
Manual motor starters magnetic only are electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit. They are
used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them fuse less against short-circuit.
Fuse less protection with a manual motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under
2CDC241009F0011
2 short-circuit condition, by switching off the motor within milliseconds. Fuse less starter combinations are setup
together with contactors and overload relays.
Ordering details
Rated Rated Short-circuit Rated instan- Type Order code Weight
MO132-6.3 operational operational breaking taneous short- (1 pce)
power current capacity ICS at circuit current
400 V 400 V AC setting li
AC-31)
kW A kA A kg
0.03 0.16 100 1.56 MO132-0.16 1SAM360000R1001 0.215
2CDC241008F0011
35 / 1,38"
97,8 / 3,85"
45 / 1,77"
75 / 2,95"
35 / 1,38"
45 / 1,77"
90 / 3,54"
75 / 2,95"
2CDC131036C0201_1s9
2CDC242005F0011
2CDC242006F0011
MO132 ≤ 10 A MO132 ≥ 12 A
2/18 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MO132-0.16 … MO132-10 MO132-12 … MO132-16 MO132-20 … MO132-32
Connecting capacity Solid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm² 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 6 mm²
2CDC131036C0201_2s9
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 1 ... 6 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-12 AWG 12-8
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-12 AWG 16-12 AWG 12-8
Stripping length 9 mm 10 mm 10 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 10 … 12 Ib.in 1.5 Nm / 14 Ib.in 2.0 Nm / 18 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M4 (Pozidriv 2) M4 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB | 2/19
Description
2CDC241017F0010
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 100 A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual
motor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected. Different three-phase
feeder terminals are available according to the application.
2
Ordering details
PS1-2-0-65 Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
current aux. qty (1 pce)
2CDC241014F0010
A kg
Three-phase busbars
65 2 0 PS1-2-0-65 1SAM201906R1102 10 0.034
65 3 0 PS1-3-0-65 1SAM201906R1103 10 0.055
65 4 0 PS1-4-0-65 1SAM201906R1104 10 0.077
PS1-3-1-100 65 5 0 PS1-5-0-65 1SAM201906R1105 10 0.098
65 2 1 PS1-2-1-65 1SAM201906R1112 10 0.036
65 3 1 PS1-3-1-65 1SAM201906R1113 10 0.060
1SBC101226F0014
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
current section qty (1 pce)
A mm² kg
SK0108B91
2/20 | ABB
Description
MO132 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front mounting, signalling
contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. The accessories can be fitted wiring
HKF1-11 free and without tools. A variety of combinations is possible as required for the application. The auxiliary
contacts change position with the main contacts. Undervoltage release are used for remote tripping of the
manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release the MMS used for remote
2
tripping.
Ordering details
Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
1SBC101209F0014
N.O. N.C.
kg
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
1 1 HKF1-11 1SAM201901R1001 10 0.015
HK1-11 Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the right
1 1 Max. 2 pieces HK1-11 1SAM201902R1001 2 0.035
2 0 Max. 2 pieces HK1-20 1SAM201902R1002 2 0.035
0 2 Max. 2 pieces HK1-02 1SAM201902R1003 2 0.035
2 0 With lead contacts HK1-20L 1SAM201902R1004 2 0.035
Signalling contacts – mountable on the right
1 1 For tripped alarm, max. 2 pieces SK1-11 1SAM201903R1001 2 0.035
1SBC101210F0014
SK1-11 Rated control supply Frequency Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable on the left
24 50/60 AA1-24 1SAM201910R1001 1 0.100
110 50/60 AA1-110 1SAM201910R1002 1 0.100
1SBC101211F0014
UA1-24
2CDC131036C0201_5s9
ABB | 2/21
Description
IB132 are IP65 enclosures for single MMS installation. Additional mounting of auxiliary and signalling
contacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For
detailed specification see installation instruction.
2 DMS132 are IP65 door mounting kits for MMS installation in any enclosure. Additional mounting of
2CDC241004F0010
auxiliary, signalling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF
position. For detailed specification see installation instruction.
Ordering details
Description Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
IB132-Y
qty (1 pce)
kg
Enclosures IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red IB132-Y 1SAM201911R1011 1 0.370
diameter 4 ... 6.5 mm Grey/black IB132-G 1SAM201911R1010 1 0.370
Door mounting kit IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red DMS132-Y 1SAM201912R1011 1 0.170
2CDC241003F0010
IB132-G
2CDC241002F0010
DMS132-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS132-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
2CDC131036C0201_8s9
121 4.76"
0
OFF
2CDC242011F0011
2CDC242012F0011
0
OFF
116.15 4.57"
IB132 DMS132
2/22 | ABB
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2
2CDC241007F0011
2)
Uncoded - Positioning of ON indication independent from mounting orientation of the MS
ABB | 2/23
Description
Manual motor starters (MMS) are protection devices for the main circuit. They combine motor control and
protection in a single device. MMS are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them
and the installation fuse less against short-circuit, overload and phase failures. Fuse less protection with
a manual motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit condition, by
2
2CDC241004F0009
Ordering details
Rated Setting Short-circuit Rated instan- Type Order code Weight
operational range breaking taneous short- (1 pce)
power capacity ICS at circuit current
400 V 400 V AC setting li
AC-3
kW A kA A kg
1SBC101184F0014
1.77"
3.35"
5.12"
5.51"
6.50"
6.10"
1.77"
4.57"
5.91"
125
45
85
130
140
155
45
165
116
150
2CDC242013F0011
2CDC242014F0011
2CDC131042C0201
30 1.18" 8 0.32"
5 0.20" 109 4.29" 30 1.18" 7 0.28"
55 2.17" 127 5.0" 5 0.20" 132 5.20"
132 5.2" 70 2.56" 153 6.02"
144 5.67" 169 6.65"
2/24 | ABB
Note: Maximum rated current of the back-up fuses if ICC > ICS
ABB | 2/25
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MS450 MS495 MS497
Connecting capacity
Solid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 16 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible 1x 0.75 ... 35 mm² 10 ... 70 mm² 10 ... 70 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 25 mm² 10 ... 50 mm² 10 ... 50 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-2/0 AWG 10-2/0
2x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-1/0 AWG 10-1/0
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-2/0 AWG 10-2/0
2x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-1/0 AWG 10-1/0
Stripping length 13 mm 17 mm 17 mm
Tightening torques 3 - 4.5 Nm / 27 … 40 Ib.in 4 - 6 Nm / 35 - 53 Ib.in 4 - 6 Nm / 35 - 53 Ib.in
Connection screw Pozidriv 2 Hexagon 4 Hexagon 4
2CDC131042C0201
2/26 | ABB
Description
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefor a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 108A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 4 manual
SK0109B91
motor starter with none or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected.
2
Ordering details
SA2
Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
current aux. qty (1 pce)
A kg
Three-phase busbars for MS450 only
108 2 0 PS4-2-0 1SAM401911R1001 5 0.134
108 3 0 PS4-3-0 1SAM401911R1002 5 0.206
108 4 0 PS4-4-0 1SAM401911R1003 5 0.280
108 2 1 PS4-2-2 1SAM401911R1004 5 0.148
108 3 1 PS4-3-2 1SAM401911R1005 5 0.250
108 4 1 PS4-4-2 1SAM401911R1006 5 0.362
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
current section qty (1 pce)
A mm² kg
Three-phase feeder terminals for MS450 only
108 25 Flat S4-M1 1SAM401911R1007 2 0.106
kg
Protection cover for busbar PS4 BS4-3 1SAM401911R1008 10 0.001
Disconnector module MS450 TB450 1SAM401910R1001 1 0.315
Terminal shroud MS450 KA450 1SAM401908R1001 1 0.154
Terminal shroud MS495 KA495 1SAM501901R1001 10 0.018
Terminal shroud MS495 KA495C 1) 1SAM501902R1001 10 0.038
Terminal insulation barrier for UL508E MS495 DX495 1SAM401912R1001 1 0.154
Padlock + 2 keys MS450, MS495, SA2 GJF1101903R0002 10 0.020
MS497
1)
Is plugged onto the housing after removing the box terminals, if using cable lugs.
2CDC131042C0201
ABB | 2/27
Description
2CDC241026S0011
MS450, MS495, MS497 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front
mounting, signalling contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. The accessories
can be fitted wiring free and without tools. A variety of combinations is possible as required for the
HK4-11 application. The auxiliary contacts change position with the main contacts. Undervoltage release are used
2 for remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release
the MMS used for remote tripping.
Ordering details
Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C.
kg
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
2CDC241022S0011
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable on the left
SK4-11
20 ... 24 50/60 AA4-24 1SAM401907R1001 1 0.135
90 ... 110 50/60 AA4-110 1SAM401907R1002 1 0.135
200 ... 240 50/60 AA4-230 1SAM401907R1003 1 0.128
350 ... 415 50/60 AA4-400 1SAM401907R1004 1 0.125
Undervoltage releases – mountable on the left
24 50/60 UA4-24 1SAM401905R1004 1 0.134
110/120 50/60 UA4-110 1SAM401905R1001 1 0.134
2CDC241023S0011
AA4-24
2CDC131042C0201
2/28 | ABB
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type S4-M1
Connecting capacity
Solid 1x 2.5 ... 50 mm²
Flexible 1x 4 ... 16 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 14-4
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 14-4
Tightening torques 4 Nm
Connection screw Pozidriv 2
2CDC131042C0201
ABB | 2/29
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type HK4-11 HK4-W HKS4 SK4
Connecting capacity
Solid 1 x 0.5... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² or 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 x 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² or 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 10.3 Ib.in
Connection screw Pozidriv 2
2CDC131042C0201
2/30 | ABB
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2
2CDC241007F0011
1)
Coded - Positioning of ON indication dependent from mounting orientation of the MS
2)
Uncoded - Positioning of ON indication independent from mounting orientation of the MS
MSOX-30
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Driver shafts
Driver shaft - combination driver & shaft. 32 MSOX-32 1) 1SAM101924R0003 1 0.010
Shaft diameter 6 mm. 30 MSOX-30 2) 1SAM101924R0013 1 0.010
1)
MSOX-32 is for normal vertical use
2)
MSOX-30 is for horizontal use
2CDC131042C0201
ABB | 2/31
Description
The manual motor starter magnetic only is used to manually switch on and off motors and to protect them
reliably and without the need for a fuse from short-circuits.
Further features are the build-in disconnect function, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear
2 switch position indication. The manual motor starter magnetic only is suitable for three- and single-phase
applications. The handle is lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signalling
contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, three-phase busbars, power in-feed blocks are available as
accessory.
Ordering details
ST02501
1)
For overload protection of motors, an appropriate thermal or electronic overload relay must be used
MO496-100
1.77"
3.35"
5.12"
5.51"
6.50"
6.10"
1.77"
4.57"
5.91"
125
45
85
130
140
155
45
165
116
150
30 1.18" 8 0.32"
5 0.20" 109 4.29" 7 0.28"
55 2.17" 30 1.18"
127 5.0"
2CDC242015F0011
2CDC242016F0011
2/32 | ABB
Note: Maximum rated current of the back-up fuses if ICC > ICS
ABB | 2/33
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MO450 MO495 MO496
Connecting capacity
Solid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 16 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible 1x 0.75 ... 35 mm² 10 ... 70 mm² 10 ... 70 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 25 mm² 10 ... 50 mm² 10 ... 50 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-2/0 AWG 10-2/0
2x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-1/0 AWG 10-1/0
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-2/0 AWG 10-2/0
2x AWG 18-2 AWG 10-1/0 AWG 10-1/0
Stripping length 13 mm 17 mm 17 mm
Tightening torques 3 - 4.5 Nm / 27 … 40 Ib.in 4 - 6 Nm / 35 - 53 Ib.in 4 - 6 Nm / 35 - 53 Ib.in
Connection screw Pozidriv 2 Hexagon 4 Hexagon 4
2CDC131038C0201
2/34 | ABB
Description
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefor a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 108 A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 4 manual
SK0109B91
motor starter with none or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected.
2
Ordering details
SA2
Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
current aux. qty (1 pce)
A kg
Three-phase busbars for MO450 only
108 2 0 PS4-2-0 1SAM401911R1001 5 0.134
108 3 0 PS4-3-0 1SAM401911R1002 5 0.206
108 4 0 PS4-4-0 1SAM401911R1003 5 0.280
108 2 1 PS4-2-2 1SAM401911R1004 5 0.148
108 3 1 PS4-3-2 1SAM401911R1005 5 0.250
108 4 1 PS4-4-2 1SAM401911R1006 5 0.362
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
current section qty (1 pce)
A mm² kg
Three-phase feeder terminals for MO450 only
108 25 Flat S4-M1 1SAM401911R1007 2 0.106
kg
Protection cover for busbar PS4 BS4-3 1SAM401911R1008 10 0.001
Disconnector module MO450 TB450 1SAM401910R1001 1 0.315
Terminal shroud MO450 KA450 1SAM401908R1001 1 0.154
Terminal shroud MO495 KA495 1SAM501901R1001 10 0.018
Terminal shroud MO495 KA495C (1) 1SAM501902R1001 10 0.038
Terminal insulation barrier for UL508E MO495 DX495 1SAM401912R1001 1 0.154
Padlock + 2 keys MO450, MO495, SA2 GJF1101903R0002
MO496
(1)
is plugged onto the housing after removing the box terminals, if using cable lugs or buses
2CDC131038C0201
ABB | 2/35
Description
2CDC241026S0011
MO450, MO495, MO497 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front
mounting, signalling contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. The accessories
can be fitted wiring free and without tools. A variety of combinations is possible as required for the
HK4-11 application. The auxiliary contacts change position with the main contacts. Undervoltage release are used
2 for remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release
the MMS used for remote tripping.
Ordering details
Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C.
kg
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
2CDC241022S0011
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable on the left
SK4-11
20 ... 24 50/60 AA4-24 1SAM401907R1001 1 0.135
90 ... 110 50/60 AA4-110 1SAM401907R1002 1 0.135
200 ... 240 50/60 AA4-230 1SAM401907R1003 1 0.128
350 ... 415 50/60 AA4-400 1SAM401907R1004 1 0.125
Undervoltage releases – mountable on the left
24 50/60 UA4-24 1SAM401905R1004 1 0.134
110/120 50/60 UA4-110 1SAM401905R1001 1 0.134
2CDC241023S0011
AA4-24
2CDC131038C0201
2/36 | ABB
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type S4-M1
Connecting capacity
Solid 1x 2.5 ... 50 mm²
Flexible 1x 4 ... 16 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 14-4
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 14-4
Tightening torques 4 Nm
Connection screw Pozidriv 2
2CDC131038C0201
ABB | 2/37
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type HK4-11 HK4-W HKS4 SK4
Connecting capacity
Solid 1 x 0.5... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² or 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Flexible 1 x 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² or 0.75 ... 2.5 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 10.3 Ib.in
Connection screw Pozidriv 2
2CDC131038C0201
2/38 | ABB
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2CDC241007F0011
2
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Shafts
MSHD-LTB For selector type handles. Shaft diameter 85 OXS6X85 1SCA101647R1001 1 0.020
6 mm. Shaft extension for door coupling 105 OXS6X105 1SCA108043R1001 1 0.020
driver. 130 OXS6X130 1SCA101655R1001 1 0.030
180 OXS6X180 1SCA101659R1001 1 0.040
1)
Coded - Positioning of ON indication dependent from mounting orientation of the MS
2)
Uncoded - Positioning of ON indication independent from mounting orientation of the MS
MSOX-30
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Driver shafts
Driver shaft - combination driver & shaft. 32 MSOX-32 1) 1SAM101924R0003 1 0.010
Shaft diameter 6 mm. 30 MSOX-30 2) 1SAM101924R0013 1 0.010
1)
MSOX-32 is for normal vertical use
2)
MSOX-30 is for horizontal use
2CDC131038C0201
ABB | 2/39
Description
Manual motor starters (MMS) are protection devices for the main circuit. They combine motor control and
protection in a single device. MMS are used mainly to switch motors manually ON/OFF and protect them and
the installation fuse less against short-circuit, overload and phase failures. Fuse less protection with a manual
2CDC241500F0009
motor starter saves costs, space and ensures a quick reaction under short-circuit condition, by switching off
2 the motor within milliseconds.
MS325 is a compact and powerful range for motor protection up to 12.5 kW (400 V) / 25 A in width of 54 mm.
Further features are the build-in disconnect function, temperature compensation, trip-free mechanism and
a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication. The manual motor starters are suitable for three-
and single-phase applications. Auxiliary contacts, signalling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips,
MS325-16 three-phase busbars, power in-feed blocks are available as accessories.
Ordering details
Rated Setting Short-circuit Rated instan- Type Order code Weight
operational range breaking taneous short- (1 pce)
power capacity ICS at circuit current
400 V 400 V AC setting li
AC-3
kW A kA A kg
0.03 0.10 … 0.16 100 1.56 MS325-0.16 1SAM150000R1001 0.280
0.06 0.16 … 0.25 100 2.44 MS325-0.25 1SAM150000R1002 0.280
0.09 0.25 … 0.40 100 3.9 MS325-0.4 1SAM150000R1003 0.280
0.12 0.40 … 0.63 100 6.14 MS325-0.63 1SAM150000R1004 0.280
0.25 0.63 … 1.00 100 11.5 MS325-1 1SAM150000R1005 0.310
0.55 1.00 … 1.60 100 18.4 MS325-1.6 1SAM150000R1006 0.340
0.75 1.60 … 2.50 100 28.75 MS325-2.5 1SAM150000R1007 0.340
1.5 2.50 … 4.00 100 50 MS325-4 1SAM150000R1008 0.340
2.2 4.00 … 6.30 100 78.75 MS325-6.3 1SAM150000R1009 0.340
4.0 6.30 … 9.00 100 135 MS325-9 1SAM150000R1010 0.340
5.5 9.00 … 12.5 75 180 MS325-12.5 1SAM150000R1011 0.340
7.5 12.5 … 16.0 60 240 MS325-16 1SAM150000R1012 0.340
9.0 16.0 … 20.0 55 300 MS325-20 1SAM150000R1013 0.340
12.5 20.0 … 25.0 50 375 MS325-25 1SAM150000R1014 0.340
0.03 0.10 … 0.16 100 1.56 MS325-0.16-HKF11 1SAM150005R0001 0.300
0.06 0.16 … 0.25 100 2.44 MS325-0.25-HKF11 1SAM150005R0002 0.300
0.09 0.25 … 0.40 100 3.9 MS325-0.4-HKF11 1SAM150005R0003 0.300
0.12 0.40 … 0.63 100 6.14 MS325-0.63-HKF11 1SAM150005R0004 0.300
0.25 0.63 … 1.00 100 11.5 MS325-1-HKF11 1SAM150005R0005 0.330
0.55 1.00 … 1.60 100 18.4 MS325-1.6-HKF11 1SAM150005R0006 0.360
0.75 1.60 … 2.50 100 28.75 MS325-2.5-HKF11 1SAM150005R0007 0.360
1.5 2.50 … 4.00 100 50 MS325-4-HKF11 1SAM150005R0008 0.360
2.2 4.00 … 6.30 100 78.75 MS325-6.3-HKF11 1SAM150005R0009 0.360
4.0 6.30 … 9.00 100 135 MS325-9-HKF11 1SAM150005R0010 0.360
5.5 9.00 … 12.5 75 180 MS325-12.5-HKF11 1SAM150005R0011 0.360
7.5 12.5 … 16.0 60 240 MS325-16-HKF11 1SAM150005R0012 0.360
9.0 16.0 … 20.0 55 300 MS325-20-HKF11 1SAM150005R0013 0.360
12.5 20.0 … 25.0 50 375 MS325-25-HKF11 1SAM150005R0014 0.360
43 1.69"
1.77"
35 1.38"
45 1.77"
45
35
44.5 1.75"
44.5 1.75"
HKF
-11
2CDC242010F0011
10.5 .41"
2CDC242017F0011
2CDC131041C0201
54 2.13"
44 1.73" 5.5 .22" 44 1.73" 16 .63"
62 2.44" 62 2.44"
69.5 2.74"
70 2.76"
2/40 | ABB
Note: Maximum rated current of the back-up fuses if ICC > ICS
2CDC131041C0201
ABB | 2/41
A A kA kA kA kA kA kA
MS325-0.16 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-0.25 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-0.4 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-0.63 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-1 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-1.6 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-2.5 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-4 - S7H1200 1600 (class L) 1200 85 50 85 50 18 18
MS325-6.3 S7H1200 S7H1200 600 (class K5) 1200 50 50 50 50 18 18
MS325-9 S7H1200 S4H2500 600 (class K5) 250 50 50 50 50 18 18
MS325-12.5 S4H250 S7H1200 400 (class K5) 1200 50 30 50 30 18 18
MS325-16 S4H250 S7H1200 400 (class K5) 1200 50 30 50 30 18 18
MS325-20 S4H250 S4H250 400 (class K5) 250 50 30 50 30 18 18
MS325-25 S4H250 S4H250 400 (class K5) 250 50 30 50 30 18 18
1)
Suitable as motor disconnect only when provided with padlock SA1 or SA3...
2CDC131041C0201
2/42 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MS325
Connecting capacity
Solid 1x 1 x 1 ... 10 mm²
2x 2 x 1 ... 6 mm²
Flexible 1x 1 x 1 ... 6 mm²
2x 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 14-8
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 14-8
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torques 1.4 Nm / 14 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC131041C0201
ABB | 2/43
Description
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 63 A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual mo-
tor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected. Different three-phase feeder
terminals are available according to the application.
2
SK0108B91
Ordering details
Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
SA1
current aux. qty (1 pce)
A kg
Three-phase busbars
63 2 0 PS3-2-0 1SAM101937R0012 10 0.038
63 3 0 PS3-3-0 1SAM101937R0013 10 0.062
63 4 0 PS3-4-0 1SAM101937R0014 10 0.087
SK0109B91
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
SK0110B91
2CDC131041C0201
2/44 | ABB
Description
MS325 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front mounting, signalling
contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. A variety of combinations is possible as
required for the application. The auxiliary contacts change position with the main contacts. The signalling
contact signals tripping regardless if it was caused by short-circuit or overload. Undervoltage release are
2
63-00
used for remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips
release the MMS used for remote tripping
Ordering details
HKF Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C.
kg
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
1 1 HKF-11 1SAM101928R0001 10 0.015
2 0 HKF-20 1SAM101928R0002 10 0.020
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the left
1 1 Max. 2 pieces HK-11 1SAM101901R0001 2 0.030
SST 016 97
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable as slide in
24 ... 60 50/60 AA-24 1SAM101909R0001 10 0.025
SK 110 ... 240 50/60 AA-230 1SAM101909R0002 10 0.025
220 ... 415 50/60 AA-400 1SAM101909R0003 10 0.025
Undervoltage releases – mountable as slide in
24 50 UAF-24 1SAM101903R0024 10 0.02
48 50 UAF-48 1SAM101903R0048 10 0.02
60 50 UAF-60 1SAM101903R0060 10 0.02
110 50 UAF-110 1SAM101903R0110 10 0.02
230 50 UAF-230 1SAM101903R0230 10 0.02
400 50 UAF-400 1SAM101903R0400 10 0.02
415 50 UAF-415 1SAM101903R0415 10 0.02
500 50 UAF-500 1SAM101903R0500 10 0.02
2CDC131041C0201
ABB | 2/45
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type PS3, S3-Mx
Connecting capacity
Solid 1x 6 ... 25 mm²
Flexible 1x 6 ... 16 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-4
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-6
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torques 2.5 Nm / 22 Ib.in
Connection screw PZ2 (6 mm)
2CDC131041C0201
2/46 | ABB
Description
IB325 are IP65 enclosures for single MMS installation. Additional mounting of auxiliary and signalling con-
tacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For detailed
specification see installation instruction.
DMS325 are IP65 door mounting kits for MMS installation in any enclosure. Additional mounting of aux- 2
2CDC241004F0010
iliary, signalling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position.
For detailed specification see installation instruction.
Ordering details
Description Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
IB325-Y
qty (1 pce)
kg
Enclosures IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red IB325-G 1SAM101940R1000 1 0.370
diameter 4 ... 6.5 mm Grey/black IB325-Y 1SAM101940R1001 1 0.370
Door mounting kit IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red DMS325-G 1SAM101941R1000 1 0.170
2CDC241003F0010
IB325-G
2CDC241002F0010
DMS325-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS325-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
121 4.76"
0
OFF
2CDC242011F0011
2CDC242012F0011
0
2CDC131041C0201
OFF
116.15 4.57"
IB325 DMS325
ABB | 2/47
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2CDC241003F0011
2
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Shafts
MSHD-LB For selector type handles. Shaft diameter 85 OXS6X85 1SCA101647R1001 1 0.020
6 mm. Shaft extension for door coupling 105 OXS6X105 1SCA108043R1001 1 0.020
driver. 130 OXS6X130 1SCA101655R1001 1 0.030
180 OXS6X180 1SCA101659R1001 1 0.040
kg
Selector type handles IP64
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Black MSHD-LB 1) 1SAM201920R1001 1 0.065
diameter 5 … 8 mm, door interlock in ON
position defeatable, for use with 6 mm
OXS6…types up to 180 mm or driver Yellow MSHD-LY 1SAM201920R1002 1 0.065
MSHD-LY
shafts MSOX.
1)
Indication I-O and ON-OFF
2CDC241004S0011
MSOX-30
2/48 | ABB
Description
The MO325 manual motor starters magnetic only are 54 mm width devices. These devices are used to
manually switch on and off motors and to protect them reliably and without the need for a fuse from short-
circuits.
2CDC241003F0009
Further features are the build-in disconnect function, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear 2
switch position indication. The manual motor starter magnetic only is suitable for three- and single-phase
applications. Auxiliary contacts, signalling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, three-phase busbars,
power in-feed blocks are available as accessory.
Ordering details
MO325-16
Rated Rated Short-circuit Rated instan- Type Order code Weight
operational operational breaking taneous short- (1 pce)
power current capacity ICS at circuit current
400 V 400 V AC setting li
AC-31)
kW A kA A kg
0.09 0.40 100 3.9 MO325-0.4 1SAM160000R1003 0.280
0.12 0.63 100 6.14 MO325-0.63 1SAM160000R1004 0.280
0.25 1.0 100 11.5 MO325-1 1SAM160000R1005 0.310
0.55 1.6 100 18.4 MO325-1.6 1SAM160000R1006 0.340
0.75 2.5 100 28.75 MO325-2.5 1SAM160000R1007 0.340
1.5 4.0 100 50 MO325-4 1SAM160000R1008 0.340
2.2 6.3 100 78.75 MO325-6.3 1SAM160000R1009 0.340
4.0 9.0 100 135 MO325-9 1SAM160000R1010 0.340
5.5 12.5 75 180 MO325-12.5 1SAM160000R1011 0.340
7.5 16 60 240 MO325-16 1SAM160000R1012 0.340
9.0 20 55 300 MO325-20 1SAM160000R1013 0.340
12.5 25 50 375 MO325-25 1SAM160000R1014 0.340
1)
For overload protection of motors, an appropriate thermal or electronic overload relay must be used
45
44.5 1.75"
2CDC242010F0011
2CDC131037C0201
44 1.73"
62 2.44"
70 2.76"
MO325
ABB | 2/49
Note: Maximum rated current of the back-up fuses if ICC > ICS
2CDC131037C0201
2/50 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type MO325
Connecting capacity
Solid 1x 1 x 1 ... 10 mm²
2x 2 x 1 ... 6 mm²
Flexible 1x 1 x 1 ... 6 mm²
2x 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 14-8
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 14-8
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torques 1.4 Nm / 14 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC131037C0201
ABB | 2/51
Description
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective solution.
A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 63 A are in the assortment. Between 2 and 5 manual
motor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be connected. Different three-phase
feeder terminals are available according to the application.
2
SK0108B91
Ordering details
Rated operational Number of MMS Number of lateral Type Order code Pkg Weight
SA1
current aux. qty (1 pce)
A kg
Three-phase busbars
63 2 0 PS3-2-0 1SAM101937R0012 10 0.038
63 3 0 PS3-3-0 1SAM101937R0013 10 0.062
63 4 0 PS3-4-0 1SAM101937R0014 10 0.087
SK0109B91
Rated operational Rated cross Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
SK0110B91
2CDC131037C0201
2/52 | ABB
Description
MS325 manual motor starters can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front mounting, signalling
contact for lateral mounting, undervoltage release and shunt trips. A variety of combinations is possible as
required for the application. The auxiliary contacts change position with the main contacts. The signalling
contact signals tripping regardless if it was caused by short-circuit or overload. Undervoltage release are
2
63-00
used for remote tripping of the manual motor starter especially for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips
release the MMS used for remote tripping
Ordering details
HKF Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C.
kg
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the front
1 1 HKF-11 1SAM101928R0001 10 0.015
2 0 HKF-20 1SAM101928R0002 10 0.020
Auxiliary contacts – mountable on the left
1 1 Max. 2 pieces HK-11 1SAM101901R0001 2 0.030
SST 016 97
V Hz kg
Shunt trip units – mountable as slide in
24 ... 60 50/60 AA-24 1SAM101909R0001 10 0.025
SK 110 ... 240 50/60 AA-230 1SAM101909R0002 10 0.025
220 ... 415 50/60 AA-400 1SAM101909R0003 10 0.025
Undervoltage releases – mountable as slide in
24 50 UAF-24 1SAM101903R0024 10 0.02
48 50 UAF-48 1SAM101903R0048 10 0.02
60 50 UAF-60 1SAM101903R0060 10 0.02
110 50 UAF-110 1SAM101903R0110 10 0.02
230 50 UAF-230 1SAM101903R0230 10 0.02
400 50 UAF-400 1SAM101903R0400 10 0.02
415 50 UAF-415 1SAM101903R0415 10 0.02
500 50 UAF-500 1SAM101903R0500 10 0.02
2CDC131037C0201
ABB | 2/53
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type PS3, S3-Mx
Connecting capacity
Solid 1x 6 ... 25 mm²
Flexible 1x 6 ... 16 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-4
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-6
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torques 2.5 Nm / 22 Ib.in
Connection screw PZ2 (6 mm)
2CDC131037C0201
2/54 | ABB
Description
IB325 are IP65 enclosures for single MMS installation. Additional mounting of auxiliary and signalling con-
tacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For detailed
specification see installation instruction.
DMS325 are IP65 door mounting kits for MMS installation in any enclosure. Additional mounting of aux- 2
2CDC241004F0010
iliary, signalling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible. The handle is lockable in OFF position.
For detailed specification see installation instruction.
Ordering details
Description Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
IB325-Y qty (1 pce)
kg
Enclosures IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red IB325-G 1SAM101940R1000 1 0.370
diameter 4 ... 6.5 mm Grey/black IB325-Y 1SAM101940R1001 1 0.370
Door mounting kit IP65
Padlockable max. 3 padlocks with bail Yellow/red DMS325-G 1SAM101941R1000 1 0.170
2CDC241003F0010
IB325-G
2CDC241002F0010
DMS325-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS325-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
121 4.76"
0
OFF
2CDC242011F0011
2CDC242012F0011
0
2CDC131037C0201
OFF
116.15 4.57"
IB325 DMS325
ABB | 2/55
Description
The complete set includes handle, shaft and driver. All accessories fit 6 mm shafts of maximum 180 mm
length. The degree of protection for handles MSHD is IP64.
Ordering details
2CDC241003F0011
2
Description Shaft length Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm kg
Shafts
MSHD-LB For selector type handles. Shaft diameter 85 OXS6X85 1SCA101647R1001 1 0.020
6 mm. Shaft extension for door coupling 105 OXS6X105 1SCA108043R1001 1 0.020
driver. 130 OXS6X130 1SCA101655R1001 1 0.030
180 OXS6X180 1SCA101659R1001 1 0.040
Coupling driver for use with 6 mm OXS6… types up to MSMN 1) 1SAM101923R0002 1 0.002
180 mm. MSMNO 2) 1SAM101923R0012 1 0.002
1)
Coded - Positioning of ON indication dependent from mounting orientation of the MS
2)
MSOX-30 Uncoded - Positioning of ON indication independent from mounting orientation of the MS
2/56 | ABB
J1
ABB | 2/57
Somm_Mini
3/0 | ABB
4-pole contactors
B6, B7 AC operated 3/8
BC6, BC7 DC operated 3/9
Contactor relays
K6 AC operated 3/12
KC6 DC operated 3/13
Contactor relays
K6 AC operated 3/20
KC6 DC operated 3/21
Accessories 3/24
Somm_Mini
ABB | 3/1
Ordering details
2CDC211014F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage UC contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use 50 Hz 60 Hz fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
B7-30-10
kW A hp A V AC V AC kg
B6 mini contactors
4 16 3 3.4 24 24 1 0 B6-30-10-01 GJL1211001R0101 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-01 GJL1211001R0011 10 0.175
42 42 1 0 B6-30-10-02 GJL1211001R0102 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-02 GJL1211001R0012 10 0.175
48 48 1 0 B6-30-10-03 GJL1211001R0103 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-03 GJL1211001R0013 10 0.175
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B6-30-10-84 GJL1211001R8104 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-84 GJL1211001R8014 10 0.175
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B6-30-10-80 GJL1211001R8100 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-80 GJL1211001R8010 10 0.175
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B6-30-10-85 GJL1211001R8105 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-85 GJL1211001R8015 10 0.175
B7 mini contactors
5.5 20 5 7.6 24 24 1 0 B7-30-10-01 GJL1311001R0101 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-01 GJL1311001R0011 10 0.175
42 42 1 0 B7-30-10-02 GJL1311001R0102 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-02 GJL1311001R0012 10 0.175
48 48 1 0 B7-30-10-03 GJL1311001R0103 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-03 GJL1311001R0013 10 0.175
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B7-30-10-84 GJL1311001R8104 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-84 GJL1311001R8014 10 0.175
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B7-30-10-80 GJL1311001R8100 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-80 GJL1311001R8010 10 0.175
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B7-30-10-85 GJL1311001R8105 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-85 GJL1311001R8015 10 0.175
Other types on request
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102008C0201
4.5 0.18"
B6, B7
3/2 | ABB
Ordering details
2CDC211013F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
BC7-30-10 AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
BC6 mini contactors
4 16 3 3.4 12 1 0 BC6-30-10-07 GJL1213001R0107 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-07 GJL1213001R0017 10 0.175
24 1 0 BC6-30-10-01 GJL1213001R0101 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-01 GJL1213001R0011 10 0.175
48 1 0 BC6-30-10-16 GJL1213001R1106 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-16 GJL1213001R1016 10 0.175
60 1 0 BC6-30-10-03 GJL1213001R0103 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-03 GJL1213001R0013 10 0.175
110 … 125 1 0 BC6-30-10-04 GJL1213001R0104 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-04 GJL1213001R0014 10 0.175
220 … 240 1 0 BC6-30-10-05 GJL1213001R0105 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-05 GJL1213001R0015 10 0.175
BC7 mini contactors
5.5 20 5 7.6 12 1 0 BC7-30-10-07 GJL1313001R0107 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-07 GJL1313001R0017 10 0.175
24 1 0 BC7-30-10-01 GJL1313001R0101 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-01 GJL1313001R0011 10 0.175
48 1 0 BC7-30-10-16 GJL1313001R1106 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-16 GJL1313001R1016 10 0.175
60 1 0 BC7-30-10-03 GJL1313001R1103 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-03 GJL1313001R0013 10 0.175
110 … 125 1 0 BC7-30-10-04 GJL1313001R0104 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-04 GJL1313001R0014 10 0.175
220 … 240 1 0 BC7-30-10-05 GJL1313001R0105 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-05 GJL1313001R0015 10 0.175
B7D mini contactors with integrated suppressor diode
5.5 20 5 7.6 24 1 0 B7D-30-10-01 GJL1317001R0101 10 0.175
0 1 B7D-30-01-01 GJL1317001R0011 10 0.175
220 1 0 B7D-30-10-05 GJL1317001R0105 10 0.175
0 1 B7D-30-01-05 GJL1317001R0015 10 0.175
Other types on request
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC102015C0201
2CDC212001F0011
4.5 0.18"
BC6, BC7, B7D
ABB | 3/3
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage UC contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1 50 Hz 60 Hz
kW A hp A V AC V AC kg
2CDC212005F0011
2CDC102016C0201
4.5 0.18"
VB6, VB7
3/4 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
VBC7-30-10 400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
2CDC212005F0011
2CDC102017C0201
4.5 0.18"
VBC6, VBC7
ABB | 3/5
Ordering details
2CDC211013F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
BC7-30-10 AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
4 16 3 3.4 24 1 0 BC6-30-10-1.4-81 GJL1213001R8101 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-1.4-81 GJL1213001R8011 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 7.6 24 1 0 BC7-30-10-1.4-81 GJL1313001R8101 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-1.4-81 GJL1313001R8011 10 0.175
DC operation 17 … 32 V / 2.4 W
4 16 3 3.4 17 ... 32 (1) 1 0 BC6-30-10-2.4-51 GJL1213001R5101 10 0.175
0 1 BC6-30-01-2.4-51 GJL1213001R5011 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 7.6 17 ... 32 (1) 1 0 BC7-30-10-2.4-51 GJL1313001R5101 10 0.175
0 1 BC7-30-01-2.4-51 GJL1313001R5011 10 0.175
DC operation 17 … 32 V / 2.8 W
4 16 3 3.4 17 ... 32 (1) 1 0 B6S-30-10-2.8-72 GJL1213001R7102 10 0.175
0 1 B6S-30-01-2.8-72 GJL1213001R7012 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 7.6 17 ... 32 (1) 1 0 B7S-30-10-2.8-72 GJL1313001R7102 10 0.175
0 1 B7S-30-01-2.8-72 GJL1313001R7012 10 0.175
Other types on request
(1) Uc min. and Uc max. limit values, including the voltage variation tolerances (-15 % and +10 %).
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102010C0201
4.5 0.18"
BC6, BC7
3/6 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UCmin ... UCmax fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating (1)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102020C0201
4.5 0.18"
TBC7
ABB | 3/7
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational General use circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
current rating UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C 600 V AC 50/60 HZ
AC-1
A A V AC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102009C0201
4.5 0.18"
B6, B7
3/8 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational General use circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
current rating UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C 600 V AC
AC-1
A A V DC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102021C0201
4.5 0.18"
BC6, B7D
ABB | 3/9
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational General use circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
current rating UC min ... UC max fitted
ș≤ 55 °C 600 V AC (1)
AC-1
A A V DC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102022C0201
4.5 0.18"
TBC7
3/10 | ABB
N1
ABB | 3/11
Description
K6 4-pole mini contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control functions or
for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211012F0011
Ordering details
2CDC211004F0010
Rated control circuit voltage UC Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
50 Hz 60 Hz
K6-31Z V AC V AC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102011C0201
4.5 0.18"
K6
3/12 | ABB
Description
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control functions or
for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211016F0011
Ordering details
Rated control circuit voltage UC Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
V DC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102012C0201
4.5 0.18"
KC6
ABB | 3/13
Description
KC6 4-pole interface mini contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211017F0011
Ordering details
Rated control circuit voltage UC Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
24 3 1 KC6-31Z-1.4-81 GJH1213001R8311 10 0.175
24 4 0 KC6-40E-1.4-81 GJH1213001R8401 10 0.175
DC operation 24 V / 1.7 W
24 2 2 K6S-22Z-1.7-71 GJH1213001R7221 10 0.175
24 3 1 K6S-31Z-1.7-71 GJH1213001R7311 10 0.175
24 4 0 K6S-40E-1.7-71 GJH1213001R7401 10 0.175
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102013C0201
4.5 0.18"
KC6
3/14 | ABB
Description
TKC6 4-pole mini contactors are space optimized control products mainly used for control functions or for
2CDC211021F0011
small loads up to 4 A.
These contactors are designed with:
– 4 poles with various contact combinations
– control circuit: DC operated, hum free, low consumption (5 W at pull-in and at holding)
– expanded ambient temperature range -30 … +70 °C and wide range voltage supply
TKC6-31Z – material is suitable for railway applications
– humfree operating DC coil
3
– no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
– designed for rail or wall mounting
Ordering details
Rated control circuit voltage UC min ... UC max Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
(1) contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
V DC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
2CDC212001F0011
2CDC102014C0201
4.5 0.18"
TKC6
ABB | 3/15
Ordering details
2CDC211011F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage UC contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use 50 Hz 60 Hz fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
B7-30-10-P
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V AC V AC kg
B6 mini contactors
4 12 3 3.4 24 24 1 0 B6-30-10-P-01 GJL1211009R0101 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-01 GJL1211009R0011 10 0.170
42 42 1 0 B6-30-10-P-02 GJL1211009R0102 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-02 GJL1211009R0012 10 0.170
48 48 1 0 B6-30-10-P-03 GJL1211009R0103 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-03 GJL1211009R0013 10 0.170
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B6-30-10-P-84 GJL1211009R8104 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-84 GJL1211009R8014 10 0.170
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B6-30-10-P-80 GJL1211009R8100 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-80 GJL1211009R8010 10 0.170
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B6-30-10-P-85 GJL1211009R8105 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-85 GJL1211009R8015 10 0.170
B7 mini contactors
5.5 12 5 7.6 24 24 1 0 B7-30-10-P-01 GJL1311009R0101 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-01 GJL1311009R0011 10 0.170
42 42 1 0 B7-30-10-P-02 GJL1311009R0102 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-02 GJL1311009R0012 10 0.170
48 48 1 0 B7-30-10-P-03 GJL1311009R0103 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-03 GJL1311009R0013 10 0.170
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B7-30-10-P-84 GJL1311009R8104 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-84 GJL1311009R8014 10 0.170
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B7-30-10-P-80 GJL1311009R8100 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-80 GJL1311009R8010 10 0.170
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B7-30-10-P-85 GJL1311009R8105 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-85 GJL1311009R8015 10 0.170
Other types on request
42.2 1.66"
2CDC212003F0011
2CDC102023C0201
B6, B7
3/16 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
BC6 mini contactors with 3 N.O. main poles
4 12 3 3.4 12 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-07 GJL1213009R0107 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-07 GJL1213009R0017 10 0.170
24 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-01 GJL1213009R0101 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-01 GJL1213009R0011 10 0.170
48 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-16 GJL1213009R1106 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-16 GJL1213009R1016 10 0.170
60 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-03 GJL1213009R0103 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-03 GJL1213009R0013 10 0.170
110 … 125 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-04 GJL1213009R0104 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-04 GJL1213009R0014 10 0.170
220 … 240 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-05 GJL1213009R0105 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-05 GJL1213009R0015 10 0.170
BC7 mini contactors with 3 N.O. main poles
5.5 12 5 7.6 12 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-07 GJL1313009R0107 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-07 GJL1313009R0017 10 0.170
24 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-01 GJL1313009R0101 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-01 GJL1313009R0011 10 0.170
48 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-16 GJL1313009R1106 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-16 GJL1313009R1016 10 0.170
60 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-03 GJL1313009R0103 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-03 GJL1313009R0013 10 0.170
110 … 125 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-04 GJL1313009R0104 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-04 GJL1313009R0014 10 0.170
220 … 240 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-05 GJL1313009R0105 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-05 GJL1313009R0015 10 0.170
42.2 1.66"
2CDC212003F0011
2CDC102024C0201
B6, B7
ABB | 3/17
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage UC contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use 50 Hz 60 Hz fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V AC V AC kg
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
1 0.04"
2CDC212007F0011
2CDC102025C0201
4.5 0.18"
VB6, VB7
3/18 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
1 0.04"
2CDC212007F0011
2CDC102026C0201
4.5 0.18"
VBC6, VBC7
ABB | 3/19
Description
K6 4-pole mini contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control functions or
for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211022F0011
Ordering details
Rated control circuit voltage UC Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
50 Hz 60 Hz
V AC V AC kg
42.2 1.66"
2CDC212003F0011
2CDC102030C0201
K6
3/20 | ABB
Description
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control functions or
for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211025F0011
Ordering details
2CDC211023F0011
Rated control circuit voltage UC Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
KC6-31Z-P
V DC kg
42.2 1.66"
2CDC212003F0011
2CDC102031C0201
KC6
ABB | 3/21
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use UC fitted
ș≤ 55 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
4 12 3 3.4 24 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-1.4-81 GJL1213009R8101 10 0.170
0 1 BC6-30-01-P-1.4-81 GJL1213009R8011 10 0.170
5.5 12 5 7.6 24 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-1.4-81 GJL1313009R8101 10 0.170
0 1 BC7-30-01-P-1.4-81 GJL1313009R8011 10 0.170
42.2 1.66"
2CDC212003F0011
2CDC102029C0201
BC6, BC7
3/22 | ABB
Description
KC6 4-pole interface mini contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211023F0011
Ordering details
Rated control circuit voltage UC Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
fitted
V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
24 3 1 KC6-31Z-P-1.4-81 GJH1213009R8311 10 0.170
24 4 0 KC6-40E-P-1.4-81 GJH1213009R8401 10 0.170
42.2 1.66"
2CDC212003F0011
2CDC102032C0201
KC6
ABB | 3/23
CAF6-11N kg
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (not allowed for mounting on TBC, B6S, B7S, interface contactors) 1)
B6-, B7-40-00, BC6-, BC7-40-00 1 1 CAF6-11E GJL1201330R0002 10 0.020
3
2CDC211007S0010
For contactors Rated control Connection type Type Order code Pkg Weight
2CDC211018S0011
2)
Overload relays fitting details
Contactor types Thermal overload relays Electronic overload relays
B6, B7, BC6, BC7 T16 (0.10...16 A) E16DU (0.10...18.9 A)
1SBC101635S0201
2)
Direct mounting - No kit required. Ordering details, see overload relays section.
T16
3/24 | ABB
Ordering details
2CDC211019S0011
CAF6-11K kg
1)
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
K6, KC6 1 1 CAF6-11K GJL1201330R0001 10 0.020
2 0 CAF6-20K GJL1201330R0005 10 0.020
3
0 2 CAF6-02K GJL1201330R0009 10 0.020
Side-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact block 1)
2CDC211009S0010
For contactors Rated control Connection type Type Order code Pkg Weight
circuit voltage UC qty (1 pce)
V DC kg
2CDC211011S0010
LT6-B
2CDC211007S0010
RV-BC6/250
1SBC101635S0201
ABB | 3/25
3/26 | ABB
ABB | 3/27
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
3/28 | ABB
2CDC102043C0201
ABB | 3/29
2CDC102043C0201
3/30 | ABB
2CDC102043C0201
ABB | 3/31
2CDC102043C0201
3/32 | ABB
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
3
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC operated K6
DC operated KC6, TKC6
Main terminals 1)
2CDC102043C0201
ABB | 3/33
Somm_AS contactors
4/0 | ABB
3-pole contactors
Overview 4/2
AS09 ... AS16 AC operated 4/4
ASL09 ... ASL16 DC operated 4/5
AS09 ... AS16 AC operated - 2-stack 4/6
ASL09 ... ASL16 DC operated - 2-stack 4/7
Main accessories 4/8
Technical data 4/10
Contactor relays
Overview 4/22
NS AC operated 4/24
NSL DC operated 4/25
Main accessories 4/26
Technical data 4/28
Accessories 4/31
Somm_AS contactors
ABB | 4/1
CA-3
1-pole auxiliary contact block
T16
Thermal overload relay
BER16C-3 BEY16C-3
Connection set Connection set
Timer
AS
ASL
Contactors
VM3
Mechanical
interlock unit
AS VM3
AS ASL Mechanical
ASL Contactors interlock unit
Contactors
T16
Thermal overload relay
1SBC101292S0201
T16 T16
Thermal overload relay Thermal overload relay
4/2 | ABB
Screw terminals
Main accessories
Auxiliary
contact Front mounting 1-pole CA3-10 or CA3-01
blocks
ABB | 4/3
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AS09-30-10
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
4 θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 22 5 20 24 24 1 0 AS09-30-10-20 1SBL101001R2010 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-20 1SBL101001R2001 0.220
- 120 1 0 AS09-30-10-16 1SBL101001R1610 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-16 1SBL101001R1601 0.220
230 230 1 0 AS09-30-10-26 1SBL101001R2610 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-26 1SBL101001R2601 0.220
400 400 1 0 AS09-30-10-28 1SBL101001R2810 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-28 1SBL101001R2801 0.220
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 24 1 0 AS12-30-10-20 1SBL111001R2010 0.220
0 1 AS12-30-01-20 1SBL111001R2001 0.220
- 120 1 0 AS12-30-10-16 1SBL111001R1610 0.220
0 1 AS12-30-01-16 1SBL111001R1601 0.220
230 230 1 0 AS12-30-10-26 1SBL111001R2610 0.220
0 1 AS12-30-01-26 1SBL111001R2601 0.220
400 400 1 0 AS12-30-10-28 1SBL111001R2810 0.220
0 1 AS12-30-01-28 1SBL111001R2801 0.220
7.5 24 10 20 24 24 1 0 AS16-30-10-20 1SBL121001R2010 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-20 1SBL121001R2001 0.220
- 120 1 0 AS16-30-10-16 1SBL121001R1610 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-16 1SBL121001R1601 0.220
230 230 1 0 AS16-30-10-26 1SBL121001R2610 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-26 1SBL121001R2601 0.220
400 400 1 0 AS16-30-10-28 1SBL121001R2810 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-28 1SBL121001R2801 0.220
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
72.5 2.85"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
1SBC101301S0201
4/4 | ABB
– control circuit: low consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core magnet. Suitable for
direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2- must be respected)
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
Ordering details
ASL09-30-10
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
4
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 22 5 20 24 1 0 ASL09-30-10-81 1SBL103001R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL09-30-01-81 1SBL103001R8101 0.280
48 1 0 ASL09-30-10-83 1SBL103001R8310 0.280
0 1 ASL09-30-01-83 1SBL103001R8301 0.280
110 1 0 ASL09-30-10-86 1SBL103001R8610 0.280
0 1 ASL09-30-01-86 1SBL103001R8601 0.280
220 1 0 ASL09-30-10-88 1SBL103001R8810 0.280
0 1 ASL09-30-01-88 1SBL103001R8801 0.280
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 1 0 ASL12-30-10-81 1SBL113001R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL12-30-01-81 1SBL113001R8101 0.280
48 1 0 ASL12-30-10-83 1SBL113001R8310 0.280
0 1 ASL12-30-01-83 1SBL113001R8301 0.280
110 1 0 ASL12-30-10-86 1SBL113001R8610 0.280
0 1 ASL12-30-01-86 1SBL113001R8601 0.280
220 1 0 ASL12-30-10-88 1SBL113001R8810 0.280
0 1 ASL12-30-01-88 1SBL113001R8801 0.280
7.5 24 10 20 24 1 0 ASL16-30-10-81 1SBL123001R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL16-30-01-81 1SBL123001R8101 0.280
48 1 0 ASL16-30-10-83 1SBL123001R8310 0.280
0 1 ASL16-30-01-83 1SBL123001R8301 0.280
110 1 0 ASL16-30-10-86 1SBL123001R8610 0.280
0 1 ASL16-30-01-86 1SBL123001R8601 0.280
220 1 0 ASL16-30-10-88 1SBL123001R8810 0.280
0 1 ASL16-30-01-88 1SBL123001R8801 0.280
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
72.5 2.85"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
1SBC101302S0201
ABB | 4/5
– 2nd stack with permanently fixed 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contact block. The auxiliary contact elements are
mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
– control circuit: AC operated
– a comprehensive range of accessories.
AS09-30-32
Ordering details
4 IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 22 5 20 24 24 3 2 AS09-30-32-20 1SBL101001R2032 0.260
- 120 3 2 AS09-30-32-16 1SBL101001R1632 0.260
230 230 3 2 AS09-30-32-26 1SBL101001R2632 0.260
400 400 3 2 AS09-30-32-28 1SBL101001R2832 0.260
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 24 3 2 AS12-30-32-20 1SBL111001R2032 0.260
- 120 3 2 AS12-30-32-16 1SBL111001R1632 0.260
230 230 3 2 AS12-30-32-26 1SBL111001R2632 0.260
400 400 3 2 AS12-30-32-28 1SBL111001R2832 0.260
7.5 24 10 20 24 24 3 2 AS16-30-32-20 1SBL121001R2032 0.260
- 120 3 2 AS16-30-32-16 1SBL121001R1632 0.260
230 230 3 2 AS16-30-32-26 1SBL121001R2632 0.260
400 400 3 2 AS16-30-32-28 1SBL121001R2832 0.260
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
1SBC101303S0201
4/6 | ABB
– 2nd stack with permanently fixed 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contact block. The auxiliary contact elements are
mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
– control circuit: low consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core magnet. Suitable for
direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2- must be respected)
ASL09-30-32
– a comprehensive range of accessories.
Ordering details 4
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 22 5 20 24 3 2 ASL09-30-32-81 1SBL103001R8132 0.320
48 3 2 ASL09-30-32-83 1SBL103001R8332 0.320
110 3 2 ASL09-30-32-86 1SBL103001R8632 0.320
220 3 2 ASL09-30-32-88 1SBL103001R8832 0.320
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 3 2 ASL12-30-32-81 1SBL113001R8132 0.320
48 3 2 ASL12-30-32-83 1SBL113001R8332 0.320
110 3 2 ASL12-30-32-86 1SBL113001R8632 0.320
220 3 2 ASL12-30-32-88 1SBL113001R8832 0.320
7.5 24 10 20 24 3 2 ASL16-30-32-81 1SBL123001R8132 0.320
48 3 2 ASL16-30-32-83 1SBL123001R8332 0.320
110 3 2 ASL16-30-32-86 1SBL123001R8632 0.320
220 3 2 ASL16-30-32-88 1SBL123001R8832 0.320
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
1SBC101453S0201
ABB | 4/7
BEY16C-3
BER16C-3 VM3
(optional)
MS116
4
VM3
BEA16-3 AS
ASL
AS Contactors
RV5, RC5-1 or RT5 ASL
Contactors
T16
T16
AS
ASL TEF3
Contactors
CA3
4/8 | ABB
kg
AS09 … AS16 1 0 CA3-10 1SBN011010T1010 10 0.011
CA3-10 ASL09 … ASL16 0 1 CA3-01 1SBN011010T1001 10 0.011
V kg 4
ON-delay
AS09 … AS16, ASL09 … ASL16 24...240 V AC/DC TEF3-ON 1SBN021012R1000 1 0.065
TEF3-ON
OFF-delay
AS09 … AS16, ASL09 … ASL16 24...240 V AC/DC TEF3-OFF 1SBN021014R1000 1 0.065
1SBC101069F0014
Surge suppressors
1SBC574001F0301
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
AS09 ... AS16, 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
RV5
ASL09 ... ASL16 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
AS09 ... AS16 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
1SBC101034F0014
contactors
kg
AS09 … AS12, ASL09 … ASL12 with or without VM3 BEY16C-3 1SBN081018R2000 1 0.041
Note: BEY16C-3 connection set includes two BB3 fixing clips, and an electrical interlocking when fitted on Star and Delta contactors
BEY16C-3 with built-in N.C. auxiliary contacts. BEY16C-3 can be used with or without VM3 mechanical interlock unit.
ABB | 4/9
4/10 | ABB
A A B1 B2 B2 15 g 10 g
C1 20 g closed position / 9 g open position 15 g closed position / 8 g open position
C2 C2 20 g closed position / 14 g open position 14 g closed position / 8 g open position
Vibration withstand acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5...300 Hz / 3 g closed position / 2 g open position
ABB | 4/11
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
4/12 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated AS09 AS12 AS16
DC operated ASL09 ASL12 ASL16
Main terminals
ABB | 4/13
4/14 | ABB
N1
ABB | 4/15
Up to 2 add-on CA3 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted per contactor.
The reversing contactors are available with or without surge suppressor mounted on each contactor.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
VAS09EM Rated operational 3-phase voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power motor Uc fitted
4 rating (1)
400 V 480 V
AC-3
kW hp V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
Reversing contactors without integrated surge suppressor
4 5 24 24 0 2 VAS09EM-20M 1SBK103600M2000 18 0.480
- 120 0 2 VAS09EM-16M 1SBK103600M1600 18 0.480
230 230 0 2 VAS09EM-26M 1SBK103600M2600 18 0.480
400 400 0 2 VAS09EM-28M 1SBK103600M2800 18 0.480
5.5 7.5 24 24 0 2 VAS12EM-20M 1SBK113600M2000 18 0.480
- 120 0 2 VAS12EM-16M 1SBK113600M1600 18 0.480
230 230 0 2 VAS12EM-26M 1SBK113600M2600 18 0.480
400 400 0 2 VAS12EM-28M 1SBK113600M2800 18 0.480
7.5 10 24 24 0 2 VAS16EM-20M 1SBK123600M2000 18 0.480
- 120 0 2 VAS16EM-16M 1SBK123600M1600 18 0.480
230 230 0 2 VAS16EM-26M 1SBK123600M2600 18 0.480
400 400 0 2 VAS16EM-28M 1SBK123600M2800 18 0.480
Reversing contactors with RC5-1 integrated surge suppressor
4 5 24 24 0 2 VAS09SEM-20M 1SBK103800M2000 18 0.510
- 120 0 2 VAS09SEM-16M 1SBK103800M1600 18 0.510
230 230 0 2 VAS09SEM-26M 1SBK103800M2600 18 0.510
400 400 0 2 VAS09SEM-28M 1SBK103800M2800 18 0.510
5.5 7.5 24 24 0 2 VAS12SEM-20M 1SBK113800M2000 18 0.510
- 120 0 2 VAS12SEM-16M 1SBK113800M1600 18 0.510
230 230 0 2 VAS12SEM-26M 1SBK113800M2600 18 0.510
400 400 0 2 VAS12SEM-28M 1SBK113800M2800 18 0.510
7.5 10 24 24 0 2 VAS16SEM-20M 1SBK123800M2000 18 0.510
- 120 0 2 VAS16SEM-16M 1SBK123800M1600 18 0.510
230 230 0 2 VAS16SEM-26M 1SBK123800M2600 18 0.510
400 400 0 2 VAS16SEM-28M 1SBK123800M2800 18 0.510
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
Note: Minimum switchover delay of 50 ms must be introduced between respective opening and closing of AC operated reversing
contactors.
72.5 2.85"
90 3.54"
7 0.28" 10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
78.5 3.09"
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
1SBC101462S0201
4/16 | ABB
Up to 2 add-on CA3 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks can be mounted per contactor.
The reversing contactors are available with or without surge suppressor mounted on each contactor.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
VASL09EM
Rated operational 3-phase voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power motor Uc fitted
rating (1) 4
400 V 480 V
AC-3
kW hp V DC kg
Reversing contactors without integrated surge suppressor
4 5 24 0 2 VASL09EM-81M 1SBK103700M8100 18 0.600
48 0 2 VASL09EM-83M 1SBK103700M8300 18 0.600
110 0 2 VASL09EM-86M 1SBK103700M8600 18 0.600
220 0 2 VASL09EM-88M 1SBK103700M8800 18 0.600
5.5 7.5 24 0 2 VASL12EM-81M 1SBK113700M8100 18 0.600
48 0 2 VASL12EM-83M 1SBK113700M8300 18 0.600
110 0 2 VASL12EM-86M 1SBK113700M8600 18 0.600
220 0 2 VASL12EM-88M 1SBK113700M8800 18 0.600
7.5 10 24 0 2 VASL16EM-81M 1SBK123700M8100 18 0.600
48 0 2 VASL16EM-83M 1SBK123700M8300 18 0.600
110 0 2 VASL16EM-86M 1SBK123700M8600 18 0.600
220 0 2 VASL16EM-88M 1SBK123700M8800 18 0.600
Reversing contactors with RV5 integrated surge suppressor
4 5 24 0 2 VASL09SEM-81M 1SBK103900M8100 18 0.630
48 0 2 VASL09SEM-83M 1SBK103900M8300 18 0.630
110 0 2 VASL09SEM-86M 1SBK103900M8600 18 0.630
220 0 2 VASL09SEM-88M 1SBK103900M8800 18 0.630
5.5 7.5 24 0 2 VASL12SEM-81M 1SBK113900M8100 18 0.630
48 0 2 VASL12SEM-83M 1SBK113900M8300 18 0.630
110 0 2 VASL12SEM-86M 1SBK113900M8600 18 0.630
220 0 2 VASL12SEM-88M 1SBK113900M8800 18 0.630
7.5 10 24 0 2 VASL16SEM-81M 1SBK123900M8100 18 0.630
48 0 2 VASL16SEM-83M 1SBK123900M8300 18 0.630
110 0 2 VASL16SEM-86M 1SBK123900M8600 18 0.630
220 0 2 VASL16SEM-88M 1SBK123900M8800 18 0.630
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
72.5 2.85"
90 3.54"
7 0.28" 10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
78.5 3.09"
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
1SBC101473S0201
ABB | 4/17
4/18 | ABB
ABB | 4/19
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
4/20 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated VAS09 VAS12 VAS16
DC operated VASL09 VASL12 VASL16
Main terminals
1SBC101500S0201
ABB | 4/21
NS, NSL
Contactor relays
CA-3
1-pole auxiliary contact block
NS NS
NSL NSL
Contactor relays Contactor relays
1SBC101409S0201
4/22 | ABB
Screw terminals
NS NSL
NS NSL
Main accessories
Auxiliary
contact Front mounting
1-pole CA3-10 or CA3-01
blocks
ABB | 4/23
Description
NS contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are designed with:
– 4 poles or 8 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
– control circuit: AC operated
1SBC101012F0014
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
Ordering details
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight
1st stack 2nd stack voltage
NS22E Uc
(1) Pkg
4 (1 pce)
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
A1 13
NO
21
NC
31
NC
43
NO
24 24 NS22E-20 1SBH101001R2022 0.220
- 120 NS22E-16 1SBH101001R1622 0.220
NO NC NC NO
A2 14 22 32 44
230 230 NS22E-26 1SBH101001R2622 0.220
400 400 NS22E-28 1SBH101001R2822 0.220
A1 13
NO
21
NC
33
NO
43
NO
24 24 NS31E-20 1SBH101001R2031 0.220
- 120 NS31E-16 1SBH101001R1631 0.220
NO NC NO NO
A2 14 22 34 44
230 230 NS31E-26 1SBH101001R2631 0.220
400 400 NS31E-28 1SBH101001R2831 0.220
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
24 24 NS40E-20 1SBH101001R2040 0.220
- 120 NS40E-16 1SBH101001R1640 0.220
NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44
230 230 NS40E-26 1SBH101001R2640 0.220
400 400 NS40E-28 1SBH101001R2840 0.220
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 24 NS44E-20 1SBH101001R2044 0.260
- 120 NS44E-16 1SBH101001R1644 0.260
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82 230 230 NS44E-26 1SBH101001R2644 0.260
400 400 NS44E-28 1SBH101001R2844 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC 24 24 NS53E-20 1SBH101001R2053 0.260
- 120 NS53E-16 1SBH101001R1653 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 230 230 NS53E-26 1SBH101001R2653 0.260
400 400 NS53E-28 1SBH101001R2853 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 24 NS62E-20 1SBH101001R2062 0.260
- 120 NS62E-16 1SBH101001R1662 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84 230 230 NS62E-26 1SBH101001R2662 0.260
400 400 NS62E-28 1SBH101001R2862 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 24 NS71E-20 1SBH101001R2071 0.260
- 120 NS71E-16 1SBH101001R1671 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 230 230 NS71E-26 1SBH101001R2671 0.260
400 400 NS71E-28 1SBH101001R2871 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO 24 24 NS80E-20 1SBH101001R2080 0.260
- 120 NS80E-16 1SBH101001R1680 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 230 230 NS80E-26 1SBH101001R2680 0.260
400 400 NS80E-28 1SBH101001R2880 0.260
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
68 2.68"
1SBC101475S0201
4/24 | ABB
Description
NSL contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are designed with:
– 4 poles or 8 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
– control circuit: low coil consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core magnet. Suitable
1SBC101018F0014
for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2- must be respected)
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
Ordering details
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight
NSL22E
1st stack 2nd stack voltage
Uc Pkg 4
(1) (1 pce)
V DC kg
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
31
NC
43
NO
24 NSL22E-81 1SBH103001R8122 0.280
48 NSL22E-83 1SBH103001R8322 0.280
NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 22 32 44
110 NSL22E-86 1SBH103001R8622 0.280
220 NSL22E-88 1SBH103001R8822 0.280
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
33
NO
43
NO
24 NSL31E-81 1SBH103001R8131 0.280
48 NSL31E-83 1SBH103001R8331 0.280
NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 22 34 44
110 NSL31E-86 1SBH103001R8631 0.280
220 NSL31E-88 1SBH103001R8831 0.280
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
24 NSL40E-81 1SBH103001R8140 0.280
48 NSL40E-83 1SBH103001R8340 0.280
NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44
110 NSL40E-86 1SBH103001R8640 0.280
220 NSL40E-88 1SBH103001R8840 0.280
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NSL44E-81 1SBH103001R8144 0.320
48 NSL44E-83 1SBH103001R8344 0.320
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82 110 NSL44E-86 1SBH103001R8644 0.320
220 NSL44E-88 1SBH103001R8844 0.320
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NSL53E-81 1SBH103001R8153 0.320
48 NSL53E-83 1SBH103001R8353 0.320
A2-
NO
14
NO
24
NO
34
NO
44
NO
54
NC
62
NC
72
NC
82 110 NSL53E-86 1SBH103001R8653 0.320
220 NSL53E-88 1SBH103001R8853 0.320
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 NSL62E-81 1SBH103001R8162 0.320
48 NSL62E-83 1SBH103001R8362 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84 110 NSL62E-86 1SBH103001R8662 0.320
220 NSL62E-88 1SBH103001R8862 0.320
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 NSL71E-81 1SBH103001R8171 0.320
48 NSL71E-83 1SBH103001R8371 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 110 NSL71E-86 1SBH103001R8671 0.320
220 NSL71E-88 1SBH103001R8871 0.320
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO
24 NSL80E-81 1SBH103001R8180 0.320
48 NSL80E-83 1SBH103001R8380 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 110 NSL80E-86 1SBH103001R8680 0.320
220 NSL80E-88 1SBH103001R8880 0.320
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
68 2.68"
1SBC101479S0201
ABB | 4/25
4 NS
CA3
NSL
Contactor relays
8-pole contactor relay
TEF3
NS
NSL
Contactor relays
4/26 | ABB
kg
NS, NSL 1 0 CA3-10 1SBN011010T1010 10 0.011
CA3-10 0 1 CA3-01 1SBN011010T1001 10 0.011
V kg
ON-delay
NS, NSL 24...240 V AC/DC TEF3-ON 1SBN021012R1000 1 0.065
TEF3-ON OFF-delay
NS, NSL 24...240 V AC/DC TEF3-OFF 1SBN021014R1000 1 0.065
1SBC574001F0301
Surge suppressors
For contactor relays Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
NS, 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
RV5
NSL 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
NS 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
110...250 ● – RC5-1/250 1SBN050100R1002 2 0.012
250...440 ● – RC5-1/440 1SBN050100R1003 2 0.012
NSL 12...32 – ● RT5/32 1SBN050020R1000 2 0.015
25...65 – ● RT5/65 1SBN050020R1001 2 0.015
50...90 – ● RT5/90 1SBN050020R1002 2 0.015
77...150 – ● RT5/150 1SBN050020R1003 2 0.015
150...264 – ● RT5/264 1SBN050020R1004 2 0.015
1SBC101298S0201
ABB | 4/27
4/28 | ABB
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Pos. 1 Pos. 5
ABB | 4/29
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC operated NS
DC operated NSL
Main terminals
4/30 | ABB
Somm_accessoires
ABB | 4/31
Description
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
CA3 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks, designed for standard industrial environments, are equipped with:
1SBC101036F0014
4 Ordering details
For contactors For contactor relays Contact Type Order code Pkg Weight
blocks qty (1 pce)
kg
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 10
45 1.77"
0.39"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
1SBC101492S0201
4/32 | ABB
Description
TEF3 frontal electronic timers are used for realizing timing function independently of the control system
1SBC101337F0010
Ordering details
1SBC101336F0010
For contactors, Time delay Delay Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
contactor relays range type circuit voltage contacts
selected by Uc Pkg
switch (1 pce)
TEF3-OFF V 50/60 Hz or DC kg
AS09 ... AS16 0.1...1 s ON-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF3-ON 1SBN021012R1000 0.065
ASL09 ... ASL16 1...10 s
NS, NSL 10...100 s OFF-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF3-OFF 1SBN021014R1000 0.065
128.1 5.04"
72.5 2.85" 10
45 1.77"
0.39"
7 0.28"
1.1 0.05"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.4 1.75"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
1SBC101504S0201
ABB | 4/33
(V) Description
1000
T (μs)
The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening the contactor coil.
0 100 The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in the form
1000 of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of drawbacks are
observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to the breakdown of insulators and even the
0 100 destruction of certain sensitive components.
The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a 42 V / 50 Hz
coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope, a damped oscillation emerges with a peak value
of 3500 V.
4 Overvoltage Factor
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the peak
value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph: k= ≈ 60
42 √2
To reduce the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppressors de-
RV5 signed to reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the high pre-damping
voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and generous sizing of parts have enabled us to
reduce the number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor whose value decreases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is ap-
plied at its terminals.
1SBC101042F0014
Ordering details
For For Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
RC5-1
contactors contactor voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
relays V AC DC kg
AS, ASL NS, NSL 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
AS NS 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
1SBC101042F0014
No additional space
68 2.68"
1SBC101494S0201
4/34 | ABB
Fixing clips
BB3 is a set of 50 fixing clips.
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AS, ASL BB3 1SBN111020R1000 1 0.009
BB3
1SBC101496S0201
ABB | 4/35
1SBC101034F0014
Connecting links
The BEA16-3 insulated 3-pole connecting links are used to connect an AC or DC operated contactors with
manual motor starters.
The connecting links ensure the electrical and mechanical connection between the contactor and the
manual motor starter.
Ordering details
BEA16-3
For contactors Manual motor Type Order code Pkg Weight
starter qty (1 pce)
kg
AS09 ... AS16 MS116-0.16 ... MS116-16 BEA16-3 1SBN081006T1000 10 0.019
4 ASL09 ... ASL16 MS132-0.16 ... MS132-16
contactors mounted side by side as reversing contactors, including electrical interlocking between built-in
N.C. auxiliary contact and coil terminals.
The connection sets are made up of:
– 1 upstream and 1 downstream connections: insulated, solid copper bars,
– 2 connections to realize electrical interlocking between contactors equipped with built-in N.C. auxiliary
contacts,
– 2 fixing clips.
BER16C-3
Ordering details
For contactors Mechanical Type Order code Pkg Weight
interlock unit qty (1 pce)
kg
2 x AS09 … AS16 with or without VM3 BER16C-3 1SBN081012R1000 1 0.035
2 x ASL09 … ASL16
4/36 | ABB
The below tables indicate the available coil voltages and corresponding digits for order codes. When placing an order, please
give either type or order code. Select a standard contactor from ordering detail pages. Change the coil voltage code in the
type or in the order code according to the table below. Example: for contactor AS09-30-10 and coil 42 V 50/60 Hz, type is
AS09-30-10-21 and order code is 1SBL101001R2110.
3-pole contactors
AC coil code DC coil code
Auxiliary contacts 50 Hz 60 Hz 80 12 V
N.O. N.C. 20 24 V 24 V 81 24 V
Type Order code
21 42 V 42 V 83 48 V
AS16 - 30 - 10 - 26 1SBL121001R 26 10 22 48 V 48 V 84 60 V
23 110 V 110 V 86 110 V
24 115 V 115 V 87 125 V 4
16 – 120 V 88 220 V
N.O. N.C. 25 220 V 220 V 89 240 V
Main contacts
26 230 V 230 V
27 240 V 240 V
17 – 277 V
Contactor type
13 380 V –
AS AC operated
28 400 V 400 V
ASL DC operated
29 415 V 415 V
29 415 V 415 V
ABB | 4/37
1SBC101639S0201
5/0 | ABB
1SBC101639S0201
ABB | 5/1
1SBC101608S0201
5/2 | ABB
Overview 5/4
Ordering details
4 to 18.5 kW / 5 to 20 hp
AF09 … AF38 AC / DC operated 5/6
AF09Z … AF38Z AC / DC operated - low consumption 5/7
Main accessories 5/8
18.5 to 37 kW / 30 to 60 hp
A40 AC operated 5/10
A50 … A75 AC operated 5/11
AL40 DC operated 5/12
AE50 ... AE75 DC operated 5/13
5
AF50 … AF75 AC / DC operated 5/14
Main accessories 5/16
45 to 55 kW / 60 to 75 hp
A95 … A110 AC operated 5/18
AF95 … AF110 AC / DC operated 5/19
Main accessories 5/20
Technical data
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to IEC 5/28
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to UL/NEMA/CSA 5/32
General technical data 5/32
Magnet system and mounting characteristics 5/36
Connecting characteristics 5/43
Built-in auxiliary contacts 5/47
Electrical durability 5/49
Accessories
Accessories for AF09 ... AF38 contactors and NF contactor relays 5/115
Accessories for A40 ... AF2050 contactors 5/121
ABB | 5/3
IEC AC-3 Rated operational power θ ≤ 55 °C *, 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 18.5 22 30 37
UL/CSA 3-phase motor rating 480 V hp 5 7.5 10 15 20 20 30 40 60 60
AC Control supply Type AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 A40 A50 A63 A75
DC Control supply Type AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AL40 AE50 AE63 AE75
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 — AF50 AF63 AF75
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CA4-10 (1 x N.O.), CA4-01 (1 x N.C.) CA5-10 (1 x N.O.), CA5-01 (1 x N.C.)
AF contactors have built-in surge RC type (AC) RC5-1 (24…440 V) RC5-2 (24…440 V)
protection
Transil diode (DC) RT5 (12…264 V)
Overload relays
Thermal relays Class 10 TF42 (0.10…38 A) TA42DU (18…42 A) TA75DU (18…80 A)
(10A or 20 for TA42DU to TA80DU)
Electronic relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E EF19 (0.10…18.9 A) EF19 (0.10…18.9 A), EF45 (9…45 A) E45DU (9...45 A) E80DU (27…80 A)
Accessories Remote tripping coil
for thermal overload relays Remote reset coil
Wall/separate mounting kit DB42 (TF42 only) DB80, DB45E, DB80E
5/4 | ABB
A95 A110 A145 A185 A210 A260 A300 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
AF95 AF110 AF145 AF185 AF210 AF260 AF300 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
AF95 AF110 AF145 AF185 AF210 AF260 AF300 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
96 110 145 185 210 260 305 400 460 580 750 — 860 1050 — 5
145 160 250 275 350 400 500 600 700 800 1050 1260 1350 1650 2050
125 140 230 250 300 350 400 550 650 750 900 1210 1350 1650 2100
— — 4 — — 5 — — 6 — 7 — — 8 —
RC5-3 (250...440V)
E140DU (50…140 A) E200D-U (60…200 A) E320DU (100…320 A) E500DU (150…500 A) E800DU (250…800 A) E1250DU (375…1250 A)
DS25-A
DR25-A
DB80, DB200, D140E DB200 DT450/A
Circuit breakers
(40…100 A) Ics up to 50 kA
1SBC101555S0201
BEA75/495
ABB | 5/5
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and
20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
AF09-30-10
- very distinct closing and opening.
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
5 power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
1SBC101091F0014
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
AF09, AF12, AF16 AF26, AF30, AF38
5/6 | ABB
12...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC 500 mA
- reduced panel energy consumption
AF09Z-30-10 - very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts 5
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
1SBC101091F0014
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 - 12...20 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-20 1SBL136001R2010 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-20 1SBL136001R2001 0.310
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.310
AF26Z-30-00 0 1 AF09Z-30-01-21 1SBL136001R2101 0.310
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-22 1SBL136001R2210 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-22 1SBL136001R2201 0.310
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-23 1SBL136001R2310 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-23 1SBL136001R2301 0.310
5.5 28 7.5 28 - 12...20 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-20 1SBL156001R2010 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-20 1SBL156001R2001 0.310
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-21 1SBL156001R2101 0.310
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-22 1SBL156001R2210 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-22 1SBL156001R2201 0.310
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-23 1SBL156001R2310 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-23 1SBL156001R2301 0.310
7.5 30 10 30 - 12...20 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-20 1SBL176001R2010 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-20 1SBL176001R2001 0.310
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-21 1SBL176001R2101 0.310
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-22 1SBL176001R2210 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-22 1SBL176001R2201 0.310
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-23 1SBL176001R2310 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-23 1SBL176001R2301 0.310
11 45 15 45 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-20 1SBL236001R2000 0.350
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 0.350
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-22 1SBL236001R2200 0.350
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-23 1SBL236001R2300 0.350
15 50 20 50 - 12...20 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-20 1SBL276001R2000 0.350
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 0.350
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-22 1SBL276001R2200 0.350
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-23 1SBL276001R2300 0.350
18.5 50 20 50 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-20 1SBL296001R2000 0.350
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-21 1SBL296001R2100 0.350
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-22 1SBL296001R2200 0.350
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-23 1SBL296001R2300 0.350
Note: Only AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil
terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
Main dimensions mm, inches
77 3.03" 86 3.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
ABB | 5/7
AF contactor AF contactor
(without top mounted
coil terminal block) A2
Fixing clips
A2
AF contactor
2-pole CAL4-11
TF42 1-pole
EF.. CA4, CC4
TF42
EF..
5/8 | ABB
kg
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
1SBC101130F0014
1SBC101385S0201
Protective covers
All 1-stack contactors BX4 1SBN110108T1000 10 0.006
For 4-pole CA4 and 2-pole CAT4 auxiliary contact blocks BX4-CA 1SBN110109W1000 50 0.001
BX4 BX4-CA (1) See "Main accessory fitting details" table.
ABB | 5/9
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
A40-30-10 Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
18.5 60 30 60 24 24 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8110 0.710
5 0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8101 0.710
48 48 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8310 0.710
0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8301 0.710
110 110…120 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8410 0.710
0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8401 0.710
220…230 230…240 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8010 0.710
0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8001 0.710
230…240 240…260 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8810 0.710
0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8801 0.710
380…400 400…415 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8510 0.710
0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8501 0.710
400…415 415…440 1 0 A40-30-10 1SBL321001R8610 0.710
0 1 A40-30-01 1SBL321001R8601 0.710
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
1SBC101362S0201
A40
5/10 | ABB
– 3 main poles
– control circuit: AC operated
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
A50-30-00
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
22 100 40 80 24 24 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8100 1.160
5
48 48 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8300 1.160
110 110…120 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8400 1.160
220…230 230…240 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8000 1.160
230…240 240…260 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8800 1.160
380…400 400…415 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8500 1.160
400…415 415…440 0 0 A50-30-00 1SBL351001R8600 1.160
30 115 60 90 24 24 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8100 1.160
48 48 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8300 1.160
110 110…120 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8400 1.160
220…230 230…240 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8000 1.160
230…240 240…260 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8800 1.160
380…400 400…415 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8500 1.160
400…415 415…440 0 0 A63-30-00 1SBL371001R8600 1.160
37 125 60 105 24 24 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8100 1.160
48 48 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8300 1.160
110 110…220 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8400 1.160
220…230 230…240 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8000 1.160
230…240 240…260 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8800 1.160
380…400 400…415 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8500 1.160
400…415 415…440 0 0 A75-30-00 1SBL411001R8600 1.160
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
108 4.25"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101363S0201
ABB | 5/11
Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2- must be
respected)
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AL40-30-10
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
5 kW A hp A V DC kg
18.5 60 30 60 12 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8010 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8001 0.850
24 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8110 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8101 0.850
48 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8310 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8301 0.850
60 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8410 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8401 0.850
110 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8610 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8601 0.850
125 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8710 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8701 0.850
220 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8810 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8801 0.850
240 1 0 AL40-30-10 1SBL323001R8910 0.850
0 1 AL40-30-01 1SBL323001R8901 0.850
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
1SBC101365S0201
AL40
5/12 | ABB
winding insertion)
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AE50-30-00 Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
5
22 100 40 80 12 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8000 1.200
24 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8100 1.200
48 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8300 1.200
60 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8400 1.200
110 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8600 1.200
125 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8700 1.200
220 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8800 1.200
240 0 0 AE50-30-00 1SBL359001R8900 1.200
30 115 60 90 12 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8000 1.200
24 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8100 1.200
48 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8300 1.200
60 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8400 1.200
110 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8600 1.200
125 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8700 1.200
220 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8800 1.200
240 0 0 AE63-30-00 1SBL379001R8900 1.200
37 125 60 105 12 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8000 1.200
24 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8100 1.200
48 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8300 1.200
60 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8400 1.200
110 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8600 1.200
125 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8700 1.200
220 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8800 1.200
240 0 0 AE75-30-00 1SBL419001R8900 1.200
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
108 4.25"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101366S0201
ABB | 5/13
– 3 main poles
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
- only 3 coils to cover control voltages between 48...250 V 50/60 Hz and 20...250 V DC
AF50-30-00 - reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
5 Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
22 100 40 80 - 20…60 0 0 AF50-30-00 1SBL357001R7200 (1) 1.180
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF50-30-00 1SBL357001R6900 1.180
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF50-30-00 1SBL357001R7000 1.180
30 115 60 90 - 20…60 0 0 AF63-30-00 1SBL377001R7200 (1) 1.180
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF63-30-00 1SBL377001R6900 1.180
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF63-30-00 1SBL377001R7000 1.180
37 125 60 105 - 20…60 0 0 AF75-30-00 1SBL417001R7200 (1) 1.180
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF75-30-00 1SBL417001R6900 1.180
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF75-30-00 1SBL417001R7000 1.180
(1) The connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals must be respected: A1 for the positive pole and A2 for the
negative pole.
108 4.25"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101368S0201
5/14 | ABB
N1
ABB | 5/15
RV5/..
VE5-1
5 CA5-10
A.. contactor
CA5-22M
CAL5-11
TP40DA
TA
overload relay
5/16 | ABB
CA5-10 kg
1SBC573752F0301
A50 ... A75, AE50 ... AE75, AF50 ... AF75 2 2 CA5-22E 1SBN010040R1022 2 0.060
Interlock units
1SBC586522F0301
TP40DA
A40, AL40 Mechanical – – VM5-1 1SBN030100R1000 1 0.066
Mechanical and electrical – 2 VE5-1 1SBN030110R1000 1 0.076
A50 ... A75, Mechanical and electrical – 2 VE5-2 1SBN030210R1000 1 0.146
AE50 ... AE75,
BX-TP AF50 … AF75
1SBC572822F0301
Surge suppressors
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
VE5-1 Uc
V AC DC kg
A40 … A75 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
AL40 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
01 01 AE40 … AE75 110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
NC NC 250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
A40 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
E0085D1
BEA40/450
Connecting links with manual motor starters
A40 For MS450 manual motor starter BEA40/450 1SBN083206R1000 1 0.061
A50, AE50, AF50 For MS450 manual motor starter BEA50/450 1SBN083506R1000 1 0.062
A50 ... A75, For MS495 manual motor starter BEA75/495 1SBN084106R1000 1 0.120
AE50 ... AE75,
AF50 … AF75
A1 A1
1SBC101387S0201
1 3 5 1 3 5
A2
2 4 6 2 4 6
A2
Connection sets for reversing contactors
A40 BER40V 1SBN082411R1000 1 0.085
A50 ... A75, AE50 ... AE75, AF50 … AF75 BEM75-30 1SBN083501R1000 1 0.243
BER, BEM connection sets (1) See "Main accessory fitting details" table.
ABB | 5/17
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
A95-30-00 power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
5 45 145 60 125 24 24 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 A95-30-00 1SFL431001R8600 2.000
55 160 75 140 24 24 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 A110-30-00 1SFL451001R8600 2.000
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
6 0.24"
148 5.83"
1SFC101007C0201
20 0.79"
E0784D1
E0783D
90 3.54" 10 0.39"
A95, A110
5/18 | ABB
Ordering details 5
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
45 145 60 125 - 20…60 0 0 AF95-30-00 1SFL437001R7200 (1) 2.030
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF95-30-00 1SFL437001R6900 2.030
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF95-30-00 1SFL437001R7000 2.030
55 160 75 140 - 20…60 0 0 AF110-30-00 1SFL457001R7200 (1) 2.030
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF110-30-00 1SFL457001R6900 2.030
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF110-30-00 1SFL457001R7000 2.030
(1) The connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals must be respected: A1 for the positive pole and A2 for the negative pole.
6 0.24"
148 5.83"
1SFC101008C0201
20 0.79"
E0784D1
E0783D
90 3.54" 10 0.39"
AF95, AF110
ABB | 5/19
RV5/..
VE5-2
5
CA5-10
CA5-22E
TA
overload relay
5/20 | ABB
kg
CA5-10
Surge suppressors
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
RV5/50 V AC DC kg
A95 ... A110 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
01 01 110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
NC NC
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
A95 ... A110 24...50 ● – RC5-2/50 1SBN050200R1000 2 0.015
●
E0085D1
A1 A1
1 3 5 1 3 5 Connection set for reversing contactors
A2
2 4 6 2 4 6
A2 A95, A110 and AF95, AF110 BEM110-30 1SFN084301R1000 1 0.450
1SFC101076C0201
ABB | 5/21
Ordering details
1SFC101029F0201
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
A185-30-11 400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
5 75 250 100 230 24 24 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8111 3.500
48 48 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8311 3.500
110 110…120 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8411 3.500
220…230 230…240 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8011 3.500
230…240 240…260 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8811 3.500
380…400 400…415 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8511 3.500
400…415 415…440 1 1 A145-30-11 1SFL471001R8611 3.500
90 275 125 250 24 24 1 1 A185-30-11 1SFL491001R8111 3.500
48 48 1 1 A185-30-11 1SFL491001R8311 3.500
110 110…120 1 1 A185-30-11 1SFL491001R8411 3.500
220…230 230…240 1 1 A185-30-11 1SFL491001R8011 3.500
1SFC101030F0201
1.4" 0.2"
105 4.13" 160 6.3"
225 8.86"
227 8.94"
187 7.36"
196 7.72"
1SFC101009C0201
E2017D
E2002D
E2016D
E2001D
5/22 | ABB
- only 3 coils to cover control voltages between 48...250 V 50/60 Hz and 20...250 V DC
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltages sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
AF185-30-11 – add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details 5
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
75 250 100 230 - 20…60 1 1 AF145-30-11 1SFL477001R7211 (1) 3.600
48…130 48…130 1 1 AF145-30-11 1SFL477001R6911 3.600
100…250 100…250 1 1 AF145-30-11 1SFL477001R7011 3.600
90 275 125 250 - 20…60 1 1 AF185-30-11 1SFL497001R7211 (1) 3.600
1SFC101044F201
1.4" 0.2"
105 4.13" 160 6.3"
225 8.86"
227 8.94"
187 7.36"
196 7.72"
1SFC101011C0201
E2017D
E2002D
E2016D
E2001D
ABB | 5/23
5 Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
200 600 350 550 - 24…60 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R6811 (1) 12.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R6911 12.000
100…250 100…250 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R7011 12.000
1SFC101032F0201
AF400 ... AF750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
283 11.14"
268 10.55"
278 10.94"
1SFC101013C0201
E1627D1
E1633D
E1626D1
E1632D
63 2.48" 72 2.83"
5/24 | ABB
100...250 V DC
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltages sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
AF1250-30-11 – add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
5
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
- 1260 - 1210 - 24…60 1 1 AF1250-30-11 1SFL647001R6811 (1) 16.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 AF1250-30-11 1SFL647001R6911 16.000
1SFC101026F0201
AF1250 ... AF2050 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
132 5.2"
132 5.2"
1SFC101015C0201
ABB | 5/25
(1) Total number of auxiliary contact blocks for the two contactors. (2) Interlock type, according to the contactor ratings (see "Accessories").
(3) The CEL18-.. auxiliary contact blocks can replace the CAL18-11 and CAL18-11B. Though, no auxiliary contact block can be mounted outside the CEL18-..
5/26 | ABB
kg
CAL18-11
Side-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
A145 ... A300 and AF145 ... AF2050 1 1 CAL18-11 1SFN010720R1011 2 0.050
1 1 CAL18-11B 1SFN010720R3311 2 0.050
1SBC580411F0301
Terminal shrouds
5
A145 ... A185 with connectors LT185-AC 1SFN124701R1000 2 0.050
A145 ... A185 with lugs LT185-AL 1SFN124703R1000 2 0.220
1SFC101024F0201
A145 ... A185 with short. bar LY185 LT185-AY 1SFN124704R1000 1 0.050
or between A145 and TA200DU
or between A185 and TA200DU
A210 ... A300 with connectors LT300-AC 1SFN125101R1000 2 0.070
VM1650H A210 ... A300 with lugs LT300-AL 1SFN125103R1000 2 0.280
A210 ... A300 with short bar LY300 LT300-AY 1SFN125104R1000 1 0.075
AF400 ... AF460 with connectors LT460-AC 1SFN125701R1000 2 0.100
1SFT98099-019C3
Terminal extension
A145, A185 8.5 20 x 5 LX185 1SFN074710R1000 1 0.250
A210 ... A300 10.5 20 x 5 LX300 1SFN075110R1000 1 0.350
1SFT98000-011C3
Connector terminals
Single Cu A145, A185 6...185 – 1SDA023354R0001 3 0.200
A210 ... A300 16...240 – 1SDA023368R0001 3 0.400
Single Al & Cu A145, A185 35...95 – 1SDA023356R0001 3 0.100
1SBC580542F0302
LZ...
A145, A185 25...150 – 1SDA023357R0001 3 0.100
A210 ... A300 120...240 – 1SDA023370R0001 3 0.200
Double Cu A145, A185 2 x (50...120) LZ185-2C/120 1SFN074709R1000 3 0.300
1SFT98099-095C2
ABB | 5/27
5/28 | ABB
ABB | 5/29
5/30 | ABB
ABB | 5/31
C1 25 g
C2 C2 25 g
Vibration withstand 5...300 Hz
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 4 g closed position / 2 g open position
5/32 | ABB
ABB | 5/33
B2 5g
C1 5g
C2
C2 5g
5/34 | ABB
C1 5g –
C2
C2 5g –
ABB | 5/35
1SBC101427S0201
5/36 | ABB
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. built-in and add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 3-pole
contactor A40 ... A110
Control voltage / Ambient temperature
Mounting 1, 1±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 at θ ≤ 55 °C 0.85…1.1 x Uc 0.85…1.1 x Uc
positions at θ ≤ 70 °C Uc 0.85…1.1 x Uc
6 at θ ≤ 55 °C 0.95...1.1 x Uc Unauthorized
at θ ≤ 70 °C Unauthorized Unauthorized
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 35 x 7.5 mm or 35 x 15 mm or –
35 x 15 mm 75 x 25 mm
By screws (not supplied) 2 x M4 screws 2 x M6 screws 2 x M6 screws
placed diagonally placed diagonally placed diagonally
1SBC101436S0201
ABB | 5/37
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
1SBC101438S0201
5/38 | ABB
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
1SBC101437S0201
ABB | 5/39
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 3-pole contactor
A145 ... A300
Control voltage / Ambient temperature
Mounting 1, 1±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc…1.1 x Uc
positions 6 Unauthorized
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 –
By screws (not supplied) 4 x M5
1SFC101039C0201
5/40 | ABB
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 3-pole contactor
AF145 ... AF2050
Control voltage / Ambient temperature
Mounting 1, 1±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min…1.1 x Uc max.
positions 6 Unauthorized
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 –
By screws (not supplied) 4 x M5
1SFC101040C0201
ABB | 5/41
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for 3-pole contactor
AF400 ... AF2050
Control voltage / Ambient temperature
Mounting 1, 1±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min…1.1 x Uc max.
positions 6 Unauthorized
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 –
By screws (not supplied) 4 x M5 4 x M6 4 x M8
1SFC101041C0201
5/42 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
Main terminals
ABB | 5/43
5/44 | ABB
E1859D
E1858D
ø 8.5 ø 10.2
1SFC101042C0201
ABB | 5/45
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050
Main terminals 10
80
Flat type 40
17
40
80
40
50 27
27 10 AF2050
8
17
15.5
40
25
22.5
30
6 6
22.5
ø 13
25
10
ø 10.5 ø 6.5 ø 6.5 ø 12.5 ø 13
AF580 AF1250 AF1350
AF750 AF1650
5/46 | ABB
ABB | 5/47
5/48 | ABB
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to be
controlled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the standards to
be referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
– Categories AC-1 and AC-3: Ic = Ie
– Category AC-2: Ic = 2.5 x Ie
– Category AC-4: Ic = 6 x Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1, AC-3 and AC-4 represent the electrical durability variation of
standard contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating cycles.
5
Curve utilization mode
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for categories AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4
t Note the characteristics of the load to be controlled:
– Operational voltage .......................................... Ue
– Current normally drawn .................................... Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents").
– Utilization category .......................................... AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4
– Breaking current .............................................. Ic = Ie for AC-1 and for AC-3 ; Ic = 2.5 x Ie for AC-2 ; Ic = 6 x Ie for AC-4
t Define the number of operating cycles N required.
t On the diagram corresponding to the operational category, select the contactor with the curve immediately above the inter-
section point (Ic ; N).
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for mixed duty motor control: AC-3 (Ic = Ie) type switching off while
"motor running" and, occasionally, AC-4 (Ic = 6 x Ie) type switching off while "motor accelerating"
t Note the characteristics of the motor to be controlled:
– Operational voltage ...................................................... Ue
– Current normally drawn while "motor running" ............... Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents")
– Breaking current for AC-3 ............................................ Ic = Ie
– Breaking current for AC-4 while "motor accelerating" ..... Ic = 6 x Ie
– Percentage of AC-4 operating cycles ............................ K (on the basis of the total number of operating cycles)
t Define the total number of operating cycles N required.
t Note the smallest contactor rating compatible for AC-3 (Ue / Ie) on Main pole utilization characteristic table (see “Technical data”).
t For the selected contactor make a note of the following in relation to the voltage using diagram AC-3 in next pages:
– The number of operating cycles A for Ic = Ie (AC-3)
– The number of operating cycles B for Ic = 6 x Ie (AC-4)
t Calculate the estimated number of cycles N’ (N’ is always below A)
N'= A
1 + 0.01 K (A/B - 1)
t If N' is too low in relation to the target N, calculate the estimated number of cycles for a higher contactor rating.
ABB | 5/49
0
AF 0
AF 0
0
00
75
60
40
58
46
45
10
85
the rated current is 50000
09
16
26
30
10
12
cycles
A3
A2
AF
AF
A1
A2
A1
3
5
5
0
0
AF
AF
A6
AF
AF
A7
A9
A1
A5
AF
operating cycles.
10
5
5
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7 The curves provided for the A50 ... A300 contactors
5
3 can be used for the AE, TAE and AF equivalent types
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
26.5 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 26.5 A – Electrical durability required = 2 millions operating cycles.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the AF26 contactor at intersection " " (26.5 A / 2 millions operating cycles).
1SBC101511S0201
5/50 | ABB
8 AF1350, AF1650:
Millions of
F3
operating
0
AF 00
the rated current is 50000
16
09
12
26
30
10
46
58
75
45
85
10
60
00
5
3
5
0
4
AF
AF
AF
AF
A9
AF
A6
A7
A1
A4
A5
AF
AF
AF
A1
A1
A2
A2
A3
cycles operating cycles.
10
3
5
9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
1.5 5
3
1
1
0.5
The curves provided for the A50 ... A300 contactors can be used for the AE, TAE and AF equivalent types
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
79 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Motor power 40 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 400 V and Ie = 79 A utilization – Electrical durability required = 1.5 million operating cycles.
For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the A110 contactor at intersection " " (79 A / 1.5 million operating cycles) on the curves (AC-3 - Ue ≤ 440 V).
1SBC101512S0201
ABB | 5/51
Millions of
38
A4 AF
operating
AF 0
50
5
AF 0
0
AF 0
AF 0
,
13
16
58
60
26
75
10
30
00
85
10
46
12
16
45
40
09
5
0
5
3
cycles
AF
A5
A2
AF
A7
A1
A9
AF
A6
A3
A1
A2
AF
AF
A1
AF
AF
10
5 3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1 1 3 5 7 9
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03 9
7
5
The curves provided for the A50 ... A300 contactors can be used for the AE,
3 TAE and AF equivalent types
0.02 9
1
7
5
3 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1
0.01
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
510 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Motor power 45 kW for AC-4 - Ue = 400 V and Ie = 85 A utilization – Electrical durability required = 0.2 million operating cycles.
For AC-4: Ic = 6 x Ie = 510 A - Select the A260 contactor at intersection " " (510 A / 0.2 million operating cycles) on the
curves (AC-4 - Ue ≤ 440 V).
1SBC101516S0201
5/52 | ABB
N2
ABB | 5/53
1SBC101610S0201
5/54 | ABB
Overview 5/56
Ordering details
25 to 55 A AC-1
AF09 … AF38 AC / DC operated 5/58
AF09Z … AF38Z AC / DC operated - low consumption 5/59
Main accessories 5/60
70 to 125 A AC-1
A45 … A75 AC operated 5/63
AE45 … AE75 DC operated 5/64
AF45 … AF75 AC / DC operated 5/65
Main accessories 5/66
5
200 to 1000 A AC-1
EK110 … EK150 AC operated 5/68
EK110 … EK150 DC operated 5/69
EK175 … EK550 AC operated 5/70
EK175 … EK550 DC operated 5/71
EK1000 AC operated 5/72
EK1000 DC operated 5/73
Main accessories 5/74
Technical data
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to IEC 5/76
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to UL / CSA 5/76
Magnet system and mounting characteristics 5/79
General technical data 5/84
Connecting characteristics 5/87
Electrical durability 5/90
Accessories
Accessories for AF09 ... AF38 contactors and NF contactor relays 5/115
Accessories for A40 ... AF2050 contactors 5/121
Accessories for EK100 ... EK1000 contactors 5/147
ABB | 5/55
AC Control supply Type AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 A45 A50 A75
DC Control supply Type AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AE45 AE50 AE75
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF45 AF50 AF75
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CA4-10 (1 x N.O.), CA4-01 (1 x N.C.) CA5-10 (1 x N.O.), CA5-01 (1 x N.C.)
5/56 | ABB
— — — — — — —
VH800
VH145 VH300
RC-EH300 RC-EH800
1SBC101569S0201
ABB | 5/57
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and
20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
AF09-40-00
- very distinct closing and opening.
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
5 Rated operational General use voltage
Uc min. … Uc max.
contacts
fitted Pkg
current rating
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
1SBC101097F0014
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5/58 | ABB
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...250 V 50/60 Hz and
12...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC 500 mA
AF09Z-40-00 - reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
5
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
1SBC101097F0014
AC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
25 25 - 12...20 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-20 1SBL136201R2000 0.310
AF26Z-40-00
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-21 1SBL136201R2100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-22 1SBL136201R2200 0.310
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF09Z-40-00-23 1SBL136201R2300 0.310
30 30 - 12...20 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-20 1SBL176201R2000 0.310
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-21 1SBL176201R2100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-22 1SBL176201R2200 0.310
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF16Z-40-00-23 1SBL176201R2300 0.310
45 45 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-20 1SBL236201R2000 0.400
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-21 1SBL236201R2100 0.400
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-22 1SBL236201R2200 0.400
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-40-00-23 1SBL236201R2300 0.400
55 55 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-20 1SBL296201R2000 0.400
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-21 1SBL296201R2100 0.400
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-22 1SBL296201R2200 0.400
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-40-00-23 1SBL296201R2300 0.400
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles
25 25 - 12...20 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-20 1SBL136501R2000 0.310
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-21 1SBL136501R2100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-22 1SBL136501R2200 0.310
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF09Z-22-00-23 1SBL136501R2300 0.310
30 30 - 12...20 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-20 1SBL176501R2000 0.310
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-21 1SBL176501R2100 0.310
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-22 1SBL176501R2200 0.310
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF16Z-22-00-23 1SBL176501R2300 0.310
45 45 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-20 1SBL236501R2000 0.400
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-21 1SBL236501R2100 0.400
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-22 1SBL236501R2200 0.400
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-22-00-23 1SBL236501R2300 0.400
55 55 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-20 1SBL296501R2000 0.400
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-21 1SBL296501R2100 0.400
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-22 1SBL296501R2200 0.400
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-22-00-23 1SBL296501R2300 0.400
Note: Only AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the
coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
ABB | 5/59
AF contactor
A2
A2
VM4 2-pole CAT4-11
5
4-pole CA4
1-pole
CA4, CC4
5/60 | ABB
qty (1 pce)
1SBC101112F0014
kg
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
5
AF09 ... AF38..-40-00 – – 1 0 CC4-10 1SBN010111R1010 1 0.014
AF09 ... AF38..-22-00 – – 0 1 CC4-01 1SBN010111R1001 1 0.014
CAT4-11E
1SBC101129F0014
VEM4
KM1 KM2
Mechanical and electrical interlock set
A2 A2
VEM4 AF09, AF16..-40-00 1 1 – – VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 1 0.035
AF26, AF38..-40-00
Note: – VEM4 includes a VM4 mechanical interlock unit with 2 fixing clips (BB4), a VE4 electrical interlock block. VE4 block must
be used with A2-A2 connection to respect the electrical connection diagram.
1SBC101133F0014
– VEM4 not fittable on AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC.
Protective covers
1SBC101138F0014
ABB | 5/61
N3
5/62 | ABB
– 4 main poles
– control circuit: AC operated
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
A45-40-00
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1) (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 N.O. main poles 5
70 80 24 24 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8100 1.390
48 48 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8300 1.390
110 110…120 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8400 1.390
220…230 230…240 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8000 1.390
230…240 240…260 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8800 1.390
380…400 400…415 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8500 1.390
400…415 415…440 0 0 A45-40-00 1SBL331201R8600 1.390
100 80 24 24 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8100 1.390
48 48 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8300 1.390
110 110…120 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8400 1.390
220…230 230…240 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8000 1.390
230…240 240…260 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8800 1.390
380…400 400…415 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8500 1.390
400…415 415…440 0 0 A50-40-00 1SBL351201R8600 1.390
125 105 24 24 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8100 1.390
48 48 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8300 1.390
110 110…120 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8400 1.390
220…230 230…240 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8000 1.390
230…240 240…260 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8800 1.390
380…400 400…415 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8500 1.390
400…415 415…440 0 0 A75-40-00 1SBL411201R8600 1.390
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles (2)
70 80 24 24 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8100 1.400
48 48 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8300 1.400
110 110…120 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8400 1.400
220…230 230…240 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8000 1.400
230…240 240…260 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8800 1.400
380…400 400…415 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8500 1.400
400…415 415…440 0 0 A45-22-00 1SBL331501R8600 1.400
125 105 24 24 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8100 1.400
48 48 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8300 1.400
110 110…120 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8400 1.400
220…230 230…240 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8000 1.400
230…240 240…260 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8800 1.400
380…400 400…415 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8500 1.400
400…415 415…440 0 0 A75-22-00 1SBL411501R8600 1.400
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
(2) These contactors are not suitable for a reversing starter or star-delta starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate supplies.
Please see technical data.
119.5 4.7"
6 0.24" 6.5 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101377S0201
ABB | 5/63
winding insertion)
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AE50-40-00 Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1) (1 pce)
AC-1
5 A A V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
70 80 12 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8000 1.430
24 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8100 1.430
48 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8300 1.430
60 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8400 1.430
110 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8600 1.430
125 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8700 1.430
220 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8800 1.430
240 0 0 AE45-40-00 1SBL339201R8900 1.430
100 80 12 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8000 1.430
24 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8100 1.430
48 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8300 1.430
60 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8400 1.430
110 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8600 1.430
125 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8700 1.430
220 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8800 1.430
240 0 0 AE50-40-00 1SBL359201R8900 1.430
125 105 12 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8000 1.430
24 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8100 1.430
48 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8300 1.430
60 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8400 1.430
110 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8600 1.430
125 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8700 1.430
220 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8800 1.430
240 0 0 AE75-40-00 1SBL419201R8900 1.430
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles (2)
70 80 12 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8000 1.440
24 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8100 1.440
48 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8300 1.440
60 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8400 1.440
110 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8600 1.440
125 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8700 1.440
220 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8800 1.440
240 0 0 AE45-22-00 1SBL339501R8900 1.440
125 105 12 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8000 1.440
24 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8100 1.440
48 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8300 1.440
60 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8400 1.440
110 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8600 1.440
125 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8700 1.440
220 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8800 1.440
240 0 0 AE75-22-00 1SBL419501R8900 1.440
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
(2) These contactors are not suitable for a reversing starter or star-delta starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate supplies.
Please see technical data.
Main dimensions mm, inches
35 mm x 15 EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.7"
6 0.24" 6.5 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
1SBC101378S0201
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
5/64 | ABB
– 4 main poles
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
- only 3 coils to cover control voltages between 48...250 V 50/60 Hz and 20...250 V DC
AF45-40-00
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details 5
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
70 80 - 20…60 0 0 AF45-40-00 1SBL337201R7200 (1) 1.420
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF45-40-00 1SBL337201R6900 1.420
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF45-40-00 1SBL337201R7000 1.420
100 80 - 20…60 0 0 AF50-40-00 1SBL357201R7200 (1) 1.420
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF50-40-00 1SBL357201R6900 1.420
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF50-40-00 1SBL357201R7000 1.420
125 105 - 20…60 0 0 AF75-40-00 1SBL417201R7200 (1) 1.420
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF75-40-00 1SBL417201R6900 1.420
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF75-40-00 1SBL417201R7000 1.420
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles (2)
70 80 - 20…60 0 0 AF45-22-00 1SBL337501R7200 (1) 1.420
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF45-22-00 1SBL337501R6900 1.420
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF45-22-00 1SBL337501R7000 1.420
125 105 - 20…60 0 0 AF75-22-00 1SBL417501R7200 (1) 1.420
48…130 48…130 0 0 AF75-22-00 1SBL417501R6900 1.420
100…250 100…250 0 0 AF75-22-00 1SBL417501R7000 1.420
(1) The connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals must be respected: A1 for the positive pole and A2 for the negative pole.
(2) These contactors are not suitable for a reversing starter or star-delta starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate supplies.
Please see technical data.
119.5 4.7"
6 0.24" 6.5 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101379S0201
ABB | 5/65
RV5/..
VE5-1
5 CA5-10
A.. contactor
CA5-22E
CAL5-11
TP40DA
5/66 | ABB
kg
CA5-10
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
A45 ... A75, AE45 ... AE75, 1 – CA5-10 1SBN010010R1010 10 0.014
CAL5-11 AF50 … AF75 – 1 CA5-01 1SBN010010R1001 10 0.014
1SBC574001F0301
A45 ... A75, AE45 ... AE75, AF45 … AF75 2 2 CA5-22E 1SBN010040R1022 2 0.060
Interlock unit
BX-TP A45 ... A75-40-00, Mechanical and electrical – 2 VE5-2 1SBN030210R1000 1 0.146
AF45 … AF75-40-00
Surge suppressors
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
01 01 Uc
NC NC V AC DC kg
A45 … A75, 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
E0085D1
BES75-40
1SBC101395S0201
ABB | 5/67
1)
2)
1)
10.5 0.41" 165 6.5" 10.5 0.41" 154.5 6.08"
10.5 0.41" 1) 10.5 0.41" 1)
134 5.28"
172 6.77"
E0250D6
0.3"
10
7.5
E0247D6
40
E0246D6
E0249D6
1SFC101017C0201
40
1.57"
41 1.57" 20 42 ø 11
1.61" 0.79" 1.65" 0.43"
EK110 EK150
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block.
2) Min. distance to uninsulated wall.
5/68 | ABB
10.5 0.41"1)
2)
156 6.14"
156 6.14"
40
40
1.57"
1.57"
1SFC101061C0201
41 20 42 ø 11
1.61" 0.79" 1.65" 0.43"
EK110 EK150
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block.
2) Min. distance to uninsulated wall.
ABB | 5/69
– 4 main poles
– control circuit: AC operated
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
EK370-40-11 Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1) (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
300 250 48 - 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AD 6.600
5 - 110 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AE 6.600
110 120 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AF 6.600
220…230 - 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AL 6.600
230…240 - 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AM 6.600
- 380 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AN 6.600
380…400 440 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AP 6.600
400…415 - 1 1 EK175-40-11 SK825440-AR 6.600
350 300 48 - 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AD 6.600
- 110 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AE 6.600
110 120 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AF 6.600
220…230 - 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AL 6.600
230…240 - 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AM 6.600
- 380 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AN 6.600
380…400 440 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AP 6.600
400…415 - 1 1 EK210-40-11 SK825441-AR 6.600
550 420 48 - 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-AD 17.200
110 110…120 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-EF 17.200
110…115 115…127 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-EG 17.200
220 220…240 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-EL 17.200
220…230 230…255 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-EM 17.200
380 380…415 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-EP 17.200
380…400 400…440 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-ER 17.200
400…415 - 1 1 EK370-40-11 SK827040-AR 17.200
800 540 48 - 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-AD 17.200
110 110…120 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EF 17.200
110…115 115…127 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EG 17.200
220 220…240 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EL 17.200
220…230 230…255 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EM 17.200
380 380…415 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EP 17.200
380…400 400…440 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-ER 17.200
400…415 - 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-AR 17.200
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
1) 23 0.91"4) (M10) 5)
12 0.47" 1) 201 7.91" 12 0.47"
2)
223 8.78"
E0264D6
E0262D6
15 0.59" 403)
E0263D6 11
E0261D6
1.57"
45 67 25 12.5
1.77" 2.64" 0.98" 0.49"
1SFC101019C0201
5/70 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
EK370-40-21 Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V DC kg
300 250 12 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DA 6.650
24 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DB 6.650 5
36 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DC 6.650
48 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DD 6.650
60 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DT 6.650
75 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DG 6.650
110 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DE 6.650
125 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DU 6.650
220 2 1 EK175-40-21 SK825440-DF 6.650
350 300 12 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DA 6.650
24 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DB 6.650
36 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DC 6.650
48 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DD 6.650
60 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DT 6.650
75 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DG 6.650
110 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DE 6.650
125 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DU 6.650
220 2 1 EK210-40-21 SK825441-DF 6.650
550 420 24 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DB 17.200
36 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DC 17.200
48 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DD 17.200
60 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DT 17.200
75 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DG 17.200
110 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DE 17.200
125 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DU 17.200
220 2 1 EK370-40-21 SK827040-DF 17.200
800 540 24 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DB 17.200
36 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DC 17.200
48 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DD 17.200
60 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DT 17.200
75 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DG 17.200
110 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DE 17.200
125 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DU 17.200
220 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DF 17.200
223 8.78"
15 0.59" 403)
1.57"
45 10 67 25 12.5
1.77" 0.39" 2.64" 0.98" 0.49"
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block. 1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block.
2) Min. distance to uninsulated wall. 2) Screw, nut and washer by-packed.
3) Min. distance to uninsulated wall.
4) Damping elements are included.
5) Earthing screw.
ABB | 5/71
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
EK1000-40-11
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1) (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
1000 - 48 - 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-AD 17.500
5 110 110…120 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EF 17.500
110…115 115…127 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EG 17.500
220 220…240 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EL 17.500
220…230 230…255 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EM 17.500
380 380…415 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EP 17.500
380…400 400…440 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-ER 17.500
400…415 - 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-AR 17.500
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
223 8.78"
3)
40
E1694D
0.79"
1.57"
20
E1692D 11
67 40
2.64" 1.57"
EK1000
1SFC101021C0201
5/72 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
EK1000-40-21 current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V DC kg
1000 - 24 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DB 17.500
36 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DC 17.500 5
48 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DD 17.500
60 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DT 17.500
75 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DG 17.500
110 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DE 17.500
125 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DU 17.500
220 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DF 17.500
223 8.78"
3)
40
E1694D
1.57"
E1693D
67 40 20
2.64" 1.57" 0.79"
EK1000
1SFC101063C0201
ABB | 5/73
13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83 35 47
14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84 36 48
+ 1 x CAL16-11D
AC operated, 40...400 Hz
DC operated
EK ... 4-pole reversing contactors with VH145 / VH300 mechanical and electrical interlock units
"Left hand" Interlocking "Right hand"
contactors contactors
AC operated, 40...400 Hz
5/74 | ABB
kg
Surge suppressors
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V AC DC kg
EK110 ... EK210 24...48 ● – RC-EH300/48 SK829007-A 1 0.015
110...415 ● – RC-EH300/415 SK829007-B 1 0.015
EK370 ... EK1000 48...110 ● – RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK110 ... EK1000 24...125 – ● RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK370 ... EK1000 220...600 ● – RC-EH800/600 SK829007-D 1 0.015
(1) See "Main accessory fitting details" table.
1SFC101080C0201
ABB | 5/75
Remark for 4-pole contactors fitted with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles
1 R3 R5 7
These contactors are suitable for controlling 2 separate circuits, i.e. 2 loads with 2 separate supplies, or 1 circuit comprising
2 separate loads with a single supply (see diagrams below). When the contactor operates there is no mechanical overlapping
between the N.O. poles and the N.C. poles: BREAK before MAKE.
2 R4 R6 8
! These contactors are not suitable for a reversing starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate supplies.
Block diagrams
– Single supply and 2 separate loads – 2 separate supplies and 2 separate loads
Supply Main
supply
Back-up
supply
A1 1 R3 R5 7 A1 1 R3 R5 7
1SBC101547S0201
A2 2 R4 R6 8 A2 2 R4 R6 8
Load Load
Load Load
5/76 | ABB
Remark for 4-pole contactors fitted with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles
1 R3 R5 7
These contactors are suitable for controlling 2 separate circuits, i.e. 2 loads with 2 separate supplies, or 1 circuit comprising
2 separate loads with a single supply (see diagrams below). When the contactor operates there is no mechanical overlapping
between the N.O. poles and the N.C. poles: BREAK before MAKE.
2 R4 R6 8
! These contactors are not suitable for a reversing starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate supplies.
Block diagrams
– Single supply and 2 separate loads – 2 separate supplies and 2 separate loads
Supply Main
supply
Back-up
supply
A1 1 R3 R5 7 A1 1 R3 R5 7
1SBC101548S0201
A2 2 R4 R6 8 A2 2 R4 R6 8
Load Load
Load Load
ABB | 5/77
5/78 | ABB
1SBC101549S0201
ABB | 5/79
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
5/80 | ABB
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
1SBC101552S0201
ABB | 5/81
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
1SBC101551S0201
5/82 | ABB
ABB
Position 4
ABB
+30 -30
ABB
Position 5
Position 3
ABB
E1863D1
Position 6
Position 1 Position 1 30
Max. N.O. or N.C. built-in and add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting
details for 4-pole contactor EK110 ... EK1000
Control voltage / Ambient temperature
Mounting 1, 1±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85…1.1 x Uc
positions 2 at θ ≤ 70 °C Unauthorized 0.85...1.1 x Uc
6 at θ ≤ 70 °C Unauthorized
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 –
1SFC101032C0201
ABB | 5/83
1SBC101556S0201
5/84 | ABB
1SBC101557S0201
ABB | 5/85
C1 10 g
C2
C2 10 g
1SFC101031C0201
5/86 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38
Main terminals
Screw terminals with cable clamp Screw terminals with double connector
2 x (5.5 width x 6.8 depth)
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid (≤ 4 mm²) 1x 1...6 mm² 1.5...16 mm²
Stranded (≥ 6 mm²) 2x 1...6 mm² 1.5...16 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...6 mm² 1.5...16 mm²
2x 0.75...6 mm² 1.5...16 mm² 5
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...4 mm² 1.5...16 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm² 1.5...16 mm²
L Bars or lugs L< 9.6 mm -
6
ABB | 5/87
1SBC101567S0201
5/88 | ABB
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC or DC operated EK110 EK150 EK175 EK210 EK370 EK550 EK1000
Main terminals 20 25
Flat type 15 6
40
20
5
4.5 8
4
E1867D
E1866D
E1868D
E1864D
E1865D
ø 6.6 ø 11 ø 11 ø 11 ø 11
1SFC101034C0201
ABB | 5/89
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to be
controlled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the standards
to be referred to. If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the
load, then Ic = Ie for category AC-1. The curve corresponding to category AC-1 represents the electrical durability variation of
standard contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating cycles.
1SBC101546S0201
5/90 | ABB
00
operating
0
EK 0
0
21 5
10
55
37
11
15
E K K1 7
16
38
26
0
5
5
09
0
cycles
EK
A5
A4
A7
EK
EK
EK
AF
AF
AF
AF
E
10
5
5
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7 The curves provided for the A45 ... A75 contactors
5
1 3 5 7 9 can be used for the AE, TAE and AF equivalent types 1 3 5 7 9
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 13.5 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 13.5 A – Electrical durability required = 2 millions operating cycles.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the AF16 contactor at intersection " " (13.5 A / 2 millions operating cycles).
1SBC101568S0201
ABB | 5/91
1SBC101611S0201
5/92 | ABB
Overview 5/94
1SBC101611S0201
ABB | 5/93
E1179D
Single-step capacitor bank scheme Multi-step capacitor bank scheme
Use the A/AF... contactor ranges. Use the UA... or UA..RA contactor ranges.
This program allows the calculation of these peaks and gives the references of the
ABB contactors according to the installation specifications. This calculation is valid for
one or several capacitor banks.
5/94 | ABB
ABB offers 3 contactor versions according to the value of the inrush current peak and the power of the capacitor bank.
UA..RA contactors for capacitor switching (UA16..RA to UA110..RA) with insertion of damping resistors.
The insertion of damping resistors protects the contactor and the capacitor from the highest inrush currents.
1SBC591444F0302
1SBC587764F0301
1SBC587774F0301
1SBC587794F0301
1SBC580093F0303
1SBC580783F0303
1SBC580105F0303
1SBC580753F0301
1SBC573242F0301
1SBC101604S0201
ABB | 5/95
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational Rated operational voltage contacts
power power Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V
AC-6b
1SBC587774F0301
kvar kvar V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
12.5 16 24 24 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8110 0.460
48 48 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8310 0.460
110 110…120 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8410 0.460
220…230 230…240 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8010 0.460
230…240 240…260 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8810 0.460
380…400 400…415 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8510 0.460
UA30-30-10RA
400…415 415…440 1 0 UA16-30-10RA 1SBL181024R8610 0.460
22 22 24 24 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8110 0.710
48 48 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8310 0.710
110 110…120 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8410 0.710
220…230 230…240 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8010 0.710
230…240 240…260 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8810 0.710
380…400 400…415 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8510 0.710
400…415 415…440 1 0 UA26-30-10RA 1SBL241024R8610 0.710
30 28 24 24 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8110 0.810
48 48 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8310 0.810
110 110…120 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8410 0.810
220…230 230…240 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8010 0.810
230…240 240…260 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8810 0.810
380…400 400…415 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8510 0.810
400…415 415…440 1 0 UA30-30-10RA 1SBL281024R8610 0.810
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
5.5 0.22"
4.72" +.394"
+.394"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
120 +10 4.72" +.394"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
90 3.54"
90 3.54"
47 1.85"
47 1.85"
47 1.85"
1SBC101507S0201
+10
120
54 2.13"
44 1.73" 54 2.13"
5/96 | ABB
101.5 4"
10 0.39"
5.91" +10"
110 4.33"
114 4.49"
47 1.85"
4 0.16"
+10
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
150
1SBC101508S0201
6 0.24"
70 2.76"
ABB | 5/97
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational Rated operational voltage contacts
power power Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V
AC-6b V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
70 80 24 24 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8600 2.000
80 95 24 24 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8600 2.000
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
6 0.24"
170 +10 6.69" +10"
155.3 6.11"
148 5.83"
47 1.85"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101553S0201
10 0.39"
90 3.54"
UA95..RA, UA100..RA
5/98 | ABB
Operating principle
The front-mounted block mechanism of the UA..RA contactors ensures:
– early making of the auxiliary "PA" poles with respect to the main "PP" poles
– automatic return to the open position of the auxiliary "PA" poles after the main poles are closed.
When the coil is energized, the early making auxiliary poles connect the capacitor to the network via the set of 3 resistors. The damping
resistors attenuate the first current peak and the second inrush current when the main contacts begin to make. Once the main poles are in the
closed position, the auxiliary poles automatically break.
When the coil is de-energized, the main poles break ensuring the breaking of the capacitor bank.
The contactor can then begin a new cycle.
Coil voltage
Uc
R
Aux. poles
PA
A1 PP PA
Main poles
A2 PP
R
1SBC101510S0201
Total
C closing time
The insertion of resistors allows to damp the highest current peak of the capacitor when switching on, whatever its level.
ABB | 5/99
1SBC101513S0201
5/100 | ABB
Ordering details
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated Max Rated voltage contacts
operational peak operational Uc fitted Pkg
power current power (1) (1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C 5
400 V 480 V
AC-6b Î
1SBC580093F0303
kvar kA kvar V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
12.5 1.8 - 24 24 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8110 0.340
48 48 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8310 0.340
110 110…120 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8410 0.340
220…230 230…240 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8010 0.340
UA30-30-10
230…240 240…260 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8810 0.340
380…400 400…415 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8510 0.340
400…415 415…440 1 0 UA16-30-10 1SBL181022R8610 0.340
20 3 25 24 24 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8110 0.600
48 48 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8310 0.600
110 110…120 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8410 0.600
220…230 230…240 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8010 0.600
230…240 240…260 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8810 0.600
380…400 400…415 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8510 0.600
400…415 415…440 1 0 UA26-30-10 1SBL241022R8610 0.600
27.5 3.5 32 24 24 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8110 0.710
48 48 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8310 0.710
110 110…120 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8410 0.710
220…230 230…240 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8010 0.710
230…240 240…260 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8810 0.710
380…400 400…415 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8510 0.710
400…415 415…440 1 0 UA30-30-10 1SBL281022R8610 0.710
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
90 3.54"
74 2.91"
1SBC101514S0201
UA30
ABB | 5/101
108 4.25"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
1SBC101521S0201
5/102 | ABB
– 3 main poles
– control circuit: AC operated
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
UA110-30-00
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated Max Rated voltage contacts
operational peak operational Uc fitted Pkg
power current power (1) (1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C 5
400 V 480 V
AC-6b Î
kvar kA kvar V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
65 9.3 70 24 24 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8600 2.000
75 10.5 80 24 24 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8600 2.000
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
6 0.24"
148 5.83"
1SFC101059C0201
20 0.79"
E0784D1
E0783D
90 3.54" 10 0.39"
UA95, UA110
ABB | 5/103
1SBC101536S0201
5/104 | ABB
1SBC101537S0201
ABB | 5/105
1SBC101613S0201
5/106 | ABB
Ordering details
NF AC / DC operated 5/108
NFZ AC / DC operated - low consumption 5/109
Main accessories 5/110
Technical data
Contacts utilization characteristics according to IEC 5/112
Contacts utilization characteristics according to UL / CSA 5/112
General technical data 5/113
Magnet system 5/113
Mounting characteristics 5/113
Connecting characteristics 5/114
5
Accessories
Accessories for NF contactor relays 5/115
1SBC101613S0201
ABB | 5/107
Description
NF contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
1SBC101104F0014
– 4 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
- only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
NF22E - reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening.
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight
5 voltage
Uc min. ... Uc max. Pkg
(1 pce)
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
24...60 20...60 (1) NF22E-11 1SBH137001R1122 0.270
A1 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO 48...130 48...130 NF22E-12 1SBH137001R1222 0.270
NO NC NC NO
100...250 100...250 NF22E-13 1SBH137001R1322 0.270
A2 14 22 32 44
250...500 250...500 NF22E-14 1SBH137001R1422 0.310
24...60 20...60 (1) NF31E-11 1SBH137001R1131 0.270
A1 13 21 33 43
NO NC NO NO 48...130 48...130 NF31E-12 1SBH137001R1231 0.270
NO NC NO NO 100...250 100...250 NF31E-13 1SBH137001R1331 0.270
A2 14 22 34 44
250...500 250...500 NF31E-14 1SBH137001R1431 0.310
24...60 20...60 (1) NF40E-11 1SBH137001R1140 0.270
A1 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO 48...130 48...130 NF40E-12 1SBH137001R1240 0.270
NO NO NO NO
100...250 100...250 NF40E-13 1SBH137001R1340 0.270
A2 14 24 34 44
250...500 250...500 NF40E-14 1SBH137001R1440 0.310
(1) NF..E-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
1SBC101558S0201
10 0.39"
5/108 | ABB
Description
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
1SBC101104F0014
– 4 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
- only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...250 V 50/60 Hz and 12...250 V DC
NFZ22E - allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC 500 mA
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
– built-in surge suppression
– add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
Ordering details 5
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight
voltage
Uc min. ... Uc max. Pkg
(1 pce)
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
– 12...20 NFZ22E-20 1SBH136001R2022 0.310
A1 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO 24...60 20...60 NFZ22E-21 1SBH136001R2122 0.310
NO NC NC NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ22E-22 1SBH136001R2222 0.310
A2 14 22 32 44
100...250 100...250 NFZ22E-23 1SBH136001R2322 0.310
– 12...20 NFZ31E-20 1SBH136001R2031 0.310
A1 13 21 33 43
NO NC NO NO 24...60 20...60 NFZ31E-21 1SBH136001R2131 0.310
NO NC NO NO 48...130 48...130 NFZ31E-22 1SBH136001R2231 0.310
A2 14 22 34 44
100...250 100...250 NFZ31E-23 1SBH136001R2331 0.310
– 12...20 NFZ40E-20 1SBH136001R2040 0.310
A1 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO 24...60 20...60 NFZ40E-21 1SBH136001R2140 0.310
NO NO NO NO
48...130 48...130 NFZ40E-22 1SBH136001R2240 0.310
A2 14 24 34 44
100...250 100...250 NFZ40E-23 1SBH136001R2340 0.310
Note: Only NFZ contactor relays with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the
coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
1SBC101559S0201
10 0.39"
ABB | 5/109
NF contactor relay
5
2-pole CAL4-11
4-pole CA4
5/110 | ABB
For contactor relays Auxiliary contacts Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
CA4-10
Front-mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
4-pole NF 1 0 – – CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010 1 0.014
1 0 – – CA4-10-T 1SBN010110T1010 10 0.014
0 1 – – CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001 1 0.014
0 1 – – CA4-01-T 1SBN010110T1001 10 0.014
1SBC101123F0014
CAL4-11
Additional coil terminal block
NF LDC4 1SBN070156T1000 10 0.010
1SBC101133F0014
Protective covers
All 1-stack contactor relays BX4 1SBN110108T1000 10 0.006
For 4-pole CA4 auxiliary contact blocks BX4-CA 1SBN110109W1000 50 0.001
(1) See "Main accessory fitting details" table.
LDC4
1SBC101136F0014
BX4
1SBC101138F0014
BX4-CA
1SBC101519S0201
ABB | 5/111
5/112 | ABB
Mounting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated NF
Mounting positions Pos. 2 +30° -30°
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
ABB | 5/113
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated NF
Main terminals
1SBC101564S0201
5/114 | ABB
1SBC101615S0201
ABB | 5/115
Description
1SBC101108F0014
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for standard
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting:
– CA4 1 or 4-pole block, with instantaneous N.O., N.C. contacts
CA4-10
– CC4 1-pole block, with N.O. leading contact or N.C. lagging contact
– CAT4 2-pole block, with instantaneous N.O. + N.C. contacts and A1 / A2 coil terminal connection on
front face.
Select the 4-pole auxiliary contact blocks CA4-..E, CA4-..M, CA4-..U or CA4-..N type, according to the
contactor or contactor relay type for compliance with the standard requirements (see "Terminal marking and
positioning").
1SBC101112F0014
kg
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
AF09 ... AF38 – – 1 0 CC4-10 1SBN010111R1010 1 0.014
4-pole NF – – 0 1 CC4-01 1SBN010111R1001 1 0.014
5/116 | ABB
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF09 ... AF38..-30-.. VM4 1SBN030105T1000 10 0.005
AF09 ... AF38..-40-00
1SBC101130F0014
1SBC101129F0014
Fixing the electrical interlock block to the contactor front face connects the 2 built-in N.C. interlocking
contacts with the two coils. VE4 block must be used with A2-A2 connection to respect the electrical con-
nection diagram.
VEM4 Ordering details
For contactors Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts qty (1 pce)
01 NC 01NC kg
Fixing clips
1SBC101127F0014
1SBC101595S0201
ABB | 5/117
Description
For converting standard contactors into latched contactors.
1SBC565483F0301
The WB75-A block contains a mechanical latching device with electromagnetic impulse unlatching (AC or
DC) or manual unlatching.
Captive screw type connecting terminals, built-in cable clamps, M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screw with screw-
driver guidance; delivered untightened and protected against accidental direct contact.
WB75-A Operation
After closing, the contactor continues to be held in the closed position by the latching mechanism should
the supply voltage fail at the contactor coil terminals.
Contactor opening can be controlled:
– electrically by an impulse* (AC or DC) on the WB75-A block coil.
* the coil is not designed to be permanently energized.
– manually by pressing the pushbutton on the front face of the WB75-A block.
Mounting
The WB75-A block is clipped onto the front face of the 1-stack contactor where it takes up two slots. The
5 two other slots do not accept CA4 single pole auxiliary contacts. Up to 2 CAL4-11 auxiliary contact blocks
can be side-mounted on contactors.
E2676D
E1 E2
Terminal marking
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V 50 Hz
or DC V 60 Hz kg
AF09 ... AF38 24 24...28 WB75-A FPTN372726R1001 1 0.120
42 42...48 WB75-A FPTN372726R1002 1 0.120
48 48...55 WB75-A FPTN372726R1003 1 0.120
110 110...127 WB75-A FPTN372726R1004 1 0.120
220...230 220...255 WB75-A FPTN372726R1006 1 0.120
230...240 230...277 WB75-A FPTN372726R1005 1 0.120
380...415 380...440 WB75-A FPTN372726R1007 1 0.120
415...440 440...480 WB75-A FPTN372726R1008 1 0.120
Note: For WB75-A produced since week 06-2012.
1SBC101634S0201
5/118 | ABB
The BEA..-4 connecting links are used to connect AF09 ... AF38 contactors with the MS116 or MS132
manual motor starters.
The BEA..-4 insulated 3-pole connecting links ensure the electrical and mechanical connection between
the contactor and the associated manual motor starter.
BEA16-4
Ordering details
For 3-pole contactors Manual motor starter Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF09 ... AF16 MS116-0.16 … MS116-25, BEA16-4 1SBN081306T1000 10 0.025
A1 A1
MS132-0.16… MS132-25
1 3 5 1 3 5 AF26 ... AF38 MS116-0.16 … MS116-16, BEA26-4 1SBN082306T1000 10 0.025
A2
2 4 6 2 4 6
A2
MS132-0.16 ... MS132-10
MS116-20 … MS116-32, BEA38-4 1SBN082306T2000 10 0.030
MS132-12 ... MS132-32 5
Ordering details
For 3-pole contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
BER16-4 kg
AF09 ... AF16 BER16-4 1SBN081311R1000 1 0.045
AF26 ... AF38 BER38-4 1SBN082311R1000 1 0.100
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6 BEY16-4 and BEY38-4 connection sets between the main poles of the Line, Delta and Star contactors of
a star-delta starter.
The connection sets are made up of:
– Line contactor / delta contactor: upstream phase-to-phase connection
– Delta contactor / star contactor: downstream connection in parallel
– Star contactor: star point upstream.
Ordering details
For 3-pole line, delta & star Interlock unit between delta Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactors & star contactors qty (1 pce)
kg
1SBC101144F0014
AF09 ... AF16 With or without VM4 or VEM4 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 1 0.050
AF26 ... AF38 With or without VM4 or VEM4 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 1 0.110
BEY16-4
1SBC101592S0201
ABB | 5/119
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
LDC4
Additional coil terminal block
Additional coil terminal block for a bottom access to the coil terminals of contactors or contactor relays.
AF09 ... AF38, NF LDC4 1SBN070156T1000 10 0.010
Protective covers
1SBC101136F0014
Sealable and transparent protective covers BX4 and non-removable BX4-CA to protect the devices against
accidental contact.
All 1-stack contactors and contactor relays BX4 1SBN110108T1000 10 0.006
For 4-pole CA4 and 2-pole CAT4 auxiliary contact blocks BX4-CA 1SBN110109W1000 50 0.001
Function markers
Box of 16 blank cards (16 markers by card) printable on HTP500 thermal transfer printer and AMS 500 mark-
ing table to identify your contactors, overload relays or manual motor starters.
Marker dimensions: 7 x 20 mm (.276" x .787").
Box of 16 blank cards BA4 1SNA235156R2700 16 0.011
BP38-4
AMS 500 support plate for 8 BA4 SPRC 1 1SNA360010R1500 1 0.220
HTP500 support plate HTP500-BA4 1SNA235712R2400 1 0.290
For max. nominal continuous Cable Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactors current with "n" poles cross- qty (1 pce)
in parallel in series sectional
2 poles 3 poles 4 poles 2 poles area
LY16-4 A A A A mm² kg
AF09 30 33 - 25 6 LY16-4 1SBN071303T1000 10 0.006
AF12 32 36 - 27
AF16 34 40 - 30
AF26 50 60 - 45 10 LY38-4 1SBN072303T1000 10 0.012
6
0.24"
28 1.10"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
90 3.54"
ø 4.2 0.17"
5 0.20"
M4 8-32 UNC
1SBC101596S0201
5 0.20"
BX4
54 2.13"
BP38-4
5/120 | ABB
1SBC101616S0201
ABB | 5/121
Description
1SBC580992F0301
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for standard
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting:
CA5-10 – CA5 1 or 4-pole block, instantaneous with N.O., N.C. contacts
– CC5 1-pole block, with N.O. leading contact or N.C. lagging contact.
Select the 4-pole auxiliary contact blocks CA5-..E, CA5-..M or CA5-..U type, according to the contactor
type for compliance with the standard requirements (see "Terminal Marking and Positioning").
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting:
– CAL... 2-pole block instantaneous N.O. + N.C. contacts.
For clipping onto the right and/or lefthand side of the contactors.
1SBC573794F0302
The CAL18-11B is a second block for mounting in addition to a first CAL18-11 block, right and/or lefthand
of the A145 ... A300 and AF145 ... AF2050 contactors.
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open, protected
5 against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
– The CAL... auxiliary contact blocks can be used for UA..RA contactors. See "Accessory fitting details" for this contactor type.
5/122 | ABB
Description
The timer blocks are equipped with adjustable time delay auxiliary contacts.
Types
1SBC575893F0302
For contactors Time delay setting Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Accessory
– BX-TP FPTN472657R0001 1 0.006
Note: The TP... timers provided for A40 ... A75 contactors can be used for the AF, AE, TAE, UA, GA and GAE contactors.
(1) For each contactor type, refer to "Accessory fitting details" table.
1SBC101524S0201
ABB | 5/123
Description
When mounted between two contactors, the mechanical interlock unit prevents one of the contactors from
closing as long as the other contactor is closed.
– VM... interlock units for mechanical interlocking of two horizontal or vertical mounted AC or DC operated
1SBC580411F0301
contactors
– VE... interlock units for mechanical and electrical interlocking of two horizontal mounted AC or DC oper-
ated contactors.
VM300H
Left side Right side Mounting Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactor contactor qty (1 pce)
kg
Mechanical and electrical interlock units for two horizontal mounted contactors
A40 A40 Rail mounting VE5-1 1SBN030110R1000 1 0.076
A40 … A75 A45 … A75 VE5-2 1SBN030210R1000 1 0.146
1SBC572822F0301
5/124 | ABB
Details can be added to these markers using a ball point pen, indelible felt-tip pen or pentel white.
Self-adhesive labels (not supplied) can also be added to them.
Ordering details
BA5-50
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Contactors, thermal overload relays and accessories BA5-50 1SBN110000R1000 1 0.017
Description
Mounting piece for screw fixing (M4, not supplied) of UA, UA..RA series contactors indicated in the table
below.
Easy handling of screwdrivers and screw driving.
Add-on mounting piece on contactor's rear face, offering a wide fixing facility.
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
BP16 UA16, UA16..RA BP16 1SBN111403R1000 100 0.141
ABB | 5/125
Description
When used in star-delta starters, the TE5S lags the star connection and provides a lapse of 50 ms before
the switch over to delta connection.
According to the type of device chosen, the electronic circuit has a 24 V AC / DC, 110 to 120 V AC,
1SBC575582F0302
220 to 240 V AC or 380 to 440 V AC supply. An output relay with reversing contact ensures high current
switching. A two-position switch allows selection of one of the two time delay ranges: 0.8 to 8 s or 6 to
60 s. The 0.1 to 1.0 graduated button allows an initial setting without steps within the previously selected
range which can then be adjusted using a chronometer.
Note: We recommend that you allow for temperature drift for the final adjustment of the time delay setting.
Drift: -0.2 % per °C.
TE5S...
For example, a setting made at 20 °C will yield a time delay shorter by 7 % at 55 °C in a cubicle (-0.2 %
per °C i.e. -0.2 x 35 = -7 %).
Regardless of these settings the TE5S provides a fixed "lapse" of 50 ms between the opening of contact
15-16 and the closing of contact 15-18. This time delay prevents from arc short-circuit during star to delta
switching.
5 Operation
On energization, the green U indicator light (voltage applied) comes on. Contact 15-16 then immediately
U
moves to the closed position.
15-16 Count-down of the programmed time immediately commences. When the time delay has elapsed, contact
15-16 opens and at the same time the 50 ms lapse, t2, begins after which contact 15-18 moves to the
E0719D1
R
15-18 closed position. The yellow R indicator light comes on.
t1 t2 (t2 = 50ms) On de-energization, the U and R indicator lights go out and, after the 250 ms resetting time, the device is
ready for a new cycle.
Chart
Mounting
On 35 x 7.5 mm or 35 x 15 mm mounting rail according to IEC/EN 60715.
Ordering details
A1
15
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
t1 t1+t2
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
E0718D
A2
16
18
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
A40 ... A300 24 24 TE5S-24 1SBN020010R1001 1 0.080
Equivalent diagram 110...120 – TE5S-120 1SBN020010R1002 1 0.080
220...240 – TE5S-240 1SBN020010R1003 1 0.080
380...440 – TE5S-440 1SBN020010R1004 1 0.080
A1 15
A1 15
TE5S
U
Uc=
0.5
x 0.1
1.0
8s t1 60s
R
Star-Delta Timer Main dimensions mm, inches
75 2.95"
E0720D1
23 0.91" 65 2.56"
16 18 A2
16 18 A2
Front face
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
85 3.35"
45 1.77"
1SBC101523S0201
5/126 | ABB
(V) Description
1000
T (μs) The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening of the contactor coil.
0 100 The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in the form
1000 of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of drawbacks are
observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to breakdown of insulators and even destruc-
0 100
tion of certain sensitive components.
The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a 42 V / 50 Hz
A 884D
coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope a damped oscillation emerges with a peak value of
3500 V.
Overvoltage Factor
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the peak
value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
1SBC574001F0301
RC5-1/50
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty
Uc (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
A40 ... A110, 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
AL40, 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
AE45 ... AE75,
TAL40, 110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
TAE45 ... TAE75 250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
A40 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
110...250 ● – RC5-1/250 1SBN050100R1002 2 0.012
250...440 ● – RC5-1/440 1SBN050100R1003 2 0.012
A45 ... A110 24...50 ● – RC5-2/50 1SBN050200R1000 2 0.015
50...133 ● – RC5-2/133 1SBN050200R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● – RC5-2/250 1SBN050200R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● – RC5-2/440 1SBN050200R1003 2 0.015
A145 ... A300 250...440 ● – RC5-3/440 1SFN050300R1003 2 0.028
AL40 12...32 – ● RT5/32 1SBN050020R1000 2 0.015
AE45 ... AE75, 25...65 – ● RT5/65 1SBN050020R1001 2 0.015
TAL40,
TAE45 ... TAE75 50...90 – ● RT5/90 1SBN050020R1002 2 0.015
77...150 – ● RT5/150 1SBN050020R1003 2 0.015
150...264 – ● RT5/264 1SBN050020R1004 2 0.015
Note: The surge suppressors provided for A... contactors can be used for the UA, UA..RA and GA75 types.
The surge suppressors provided for AE45 ... AE75 contactors can be used for the GAE75 types.
1SBC101527S0201
ABB | 5/127
Description
1SBC101005F0014
RA5-1 interface relay is designed to receive 24 V DC signals delivered by PLC’s or other sources
with a low output power and to restore them with sufficient power to operate the coils of the relevant
A40 ... A110 contactors.
RA5-1 interface relay is made up of a miniature electromechanical relay equipped with a N.O. contact and
with a low consumption 24 V DC coil.
RA5-1 The interface relay coil is controlled by the PLC while the N.O. contact ensures switching of the power
contactor.
Coil switching gives rise to overvoltages which have adverse effects on the electronic devices, insulators
and, more generally, on component lifetime. The RA5-1 is equipped with surge suppressors:
– on the 24 V DC relay coil via a diode,
– on the power contactor coil via a varistor.
Furthermore, the RA5-1 is protected against relay pole reversal by a diode inserted between the E1 and
E2 input terminals.
Ordering details
For contactors Coil voltages Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
A40 ... A110 24...250 24 RA5-1 1SBN060300R1000 1 0.050
RA5-1 1SBN060300T1000 10 0.050
Note: The interface relays provided for the A... contactors can be used for the UA, UA..RA and GA types.
1SBC101528S0201
5/128 | ABB
Description
For converting standard contactors into latched contactors.
1SBC565483F0301
The WB75-A block contains a mechanical latching device with electromagnetic impulse unlatching (AC or
DC) or manual unlatching.
Captive screw type connecting terminals, built-in cable clamps, M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screw with screw-
driver guidance; delivered untightened and protected against accidental direct contact.
WB75-A Operation
After closing, the contactor continues to be held in the closed position by the latching mechanism should
the supply voltage fail at the contactor coil terminals.
Contactor opening can be controlled:
– electrically by an impulse* (AC or DC) on the WB75-A block coil.
* the coil is not designed to be permanently energized.
– manually by pressing the pushbutton on the front face of the WB75-A block.
Mounting
The WB75-A block is clipped onto the front face of the 1-stack contactor where it takes up two slots. The
two other slots may accept CA5... single pole auxiliary contacts (1 block on each side of the mechanical 5
latch).
E2676D
E1 E2
Terminal marking
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V 50 Hz
or DC V 60 Hz kg
A40 ... A75, 24 24...28 WB75-A FPTN372726R1001 1 0.120
AF45 ... AF75, 42 42...48 WB75-A FPTN372726R1002 1 0.120
AL40, 48 48...55 WB75-A FPTN372726R1003 1 0.120
AE45 ... AE75, 110 110...127 WB75-A FPTN372726R1004 1 0.120
TAL40,
TAE45 ... TAE75, 220...230 220...255 WB75-A FPTN372726R1006 1 0.120
UA16 ... UA75, 230...240 230...277 WB75-A FPTN372726R1005 1 0.120
GA75, GAE75 380...415 380...440 WB75-A FPTN372726R1007 1 0.120
415...440 440...480 WB75-A FPTN372726R1008 1 0.120
1SBC101526S0201
ABB | 5/129
Description
1SBC583173F0301
The LD... terminal block is designed to increase the connecting capacity of the contactor on which it is
fitted and for preparation of the wiring before final connection on the contactor.
The LD... blocks are 3-pole terminal blocks with tunnel terminals. The available range can be used on A40
LD40 to A110 contactors.
The LD75 and LD110 terminal blocks are fixed in the 3 independent slots located above the built-in con-
nectors.
Ordering details
1SBC580742F0301
LD110
Technical data
Types LD40 LD75 LD110
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Main terminals
Note: The utilization of LD... additional terminal blocks keeps the possibility to connect the following cables
directly in the contactor main terminals but the BED and BEM connecting sets can no longer be used.
LD40 LD75 LD110
Possible cross section of rigid cable in the contactor 10 mm² 50 mm² 95 mm²
terminals
1SBC101534S0201
5/130 | ABB
Description
Terminals designed to connect the control conductors to the main poles of the A45 ... A110 contactors
and derivative versions.
Accessories clipped into the slots placed above each power terminal connector.
The LK75... are fitted with a pin designed to hold them in place until the connector has been fully clamped
LK75-L
with its power cable.
The LK110 must be held in place until the connector has been clamped.
– Degree of protection IP20
– Connecting terminal delivered in open position: cable clamp and M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screw.
1SBC575773F0301
LK110
LK... positioning
11 0.43"
1SBC101535S0201
ABB | 5/131
Description
Main terminal protection for A145 ... AF750 contactors.
1AFT98099-019C3
The auxiliary contact blocks and coils are designed to provide an IP20 degree of protection.
The main terminals, equipped with lugs or connectors, can be protected against accidental direct contact after wiring
(EN 50274) by the addition of terminal shrouds (see table below).
LT...-AC
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
A145 ... A185 with connectors LT185-AC 1SFN124701R1000 2 0.050
A145 ... A185 with lugs LT185-AL 1SFN124703R1000 2 0.220
A145 ... A185 with short. bar LY185 LT185-AY 1SFN124704R1000 1 0.050
or between A145 and TA200DU
5
1SFT89099-019C3b
LT...-AY
1SFC101048C0201
5/132 | ABB
connections to be mounted.
Sets containing 3 tin plated copper bars fixed by an isolating spacer.
Ordering details
LX... For contactors Dimensions Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
hole Ø bar
mm mm kg
A145, A185 8.5 20 x 5 LX185 1SFN074710R1000 1 0.250
A210 ... A300 10.5 20 x 5 LX300 1SFN075110R1000 1 0.350
AF400, AF460 10.5 25 x 5 LX460 1SFN075710R1000 1 0.500
AF580, AF750 13 40 x 6 LX750 1SFN076110R1000 1 0.850
Note: The LX... pieces provided for the A... contactors can be used for the AF types.
1SFC101049C0201
ABB | 5/133
Description
1SFT98099-011C1
Connection of copper and aluminium cables to the terminal pads of the poles of A and AF contactors.
Ordering details
LZ...
Cables For contactors Cable cross section Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
mm² kg
1SFT98099-095C2
Note: Connectors provided for the A... contactors can be used for the AF types.
LZ...
1SFC101051C0201
5/134 | ABB
Description
1SFT98000-010C3
Ordering details
For contactors max. nominal Cable cross- Type Order code Pkg Weight
SB7170C3_1
1SBC101540S0201
ABB | 5/135
Description
1SBC582763F0301
The BEA... connecting links are used to connect a contactor to associated manual motor starters. These
are then used together as DOL or reversing starters in type 1 or type 2 coordination, complying with IEC
60947-4-1 and EN 60947-4-1.
The BEA... insulated 3-pole connecting link (touch safe) ensures the electrical linking between the contac-
tor and the corresponding manual motor starter.
Ordering details
For contactors Manual motor starter Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
A40 MS450 BEA40/450 1SBN083206R1000 1 0.061
A50 MS450 BEA50/450 1SBN083506R1000 1 0.062
A50, A63, A75 MS495 BEA75/495 1SBN084106R1000 1 0.120
A95, A110 MS495 BEA110/495 1SBN084506R1000 1 0.124
The BEA... connecting links provided for the A... contactors can be used for the AF..., AE..., and TAE... types.
1SBC101538S0201
5/136 | ABB
Description
Connection between contactors/starters and moulded case circuit breakers.
These connection sets are solid copper bars.
1SFT98001-005C3
Ordering details
For contactors MCCB Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
BEA300
kg
Vertical assembly
A145, A185, AF145, AF185 T3 BEA185/T3 1SFN084706R1003 1 0.150
A145, A185, AF145, AF185 T4 BEA185/T4 1SFN084706R1005 1 0.150
1SFT98001-007C3
BEA300H
Horizontal assembly (also suitable when using busbar kits for starter combinations)
A210 ... A300, AF210 ... AF300 T5 BEA300H/T5 1SFN085307R1002 1 1.280
AF400, AF460 T4 BEA460H/T4 1SFN085907R1000 1 2.450
1SFC101046C0201
ABB | 5/137
Description
Connection between contactors/starters and switch fuse.
These connection sets are solid copper bars.
1SFT98001-006C3
Ordering details
For contactors Switch fuse Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
BEF300/OESA400
kg
Vertical assembly
A185 OESA250 BEF185/OESA250 1SFN084908R1000 1 0.260
A210 ... A300 OESA250 to OESA400 BEF300/OESA400 1SFN085108R1000 1 0.330
1SFT98001-009C3
1SFC101047C0201
5/138 | ABB
The sets are made up of three upstream connections and three downstream connections.
BER40V – Insulated, stranded, rigid copper wires
BEM… connections
BEM75-30 ... BEM750-30 – Insulated, solid copper bars
On the A... contactors, the power supply by bars or cables equipped with lugs is directly connected to the
terminal pads of the main poles. For flange connectors, LX… terminal extension pieces should be used.
Ordering details
E0618D1
A1
1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7
A1
Connections for 4-pole changeover contactors
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
A2 A2
Description
E0743D
Connection between the main poles of two 4-pole contactors mounted side by side so that they operate
BES... for 4 N.O. main pole as source reversing contactors.
connections These sets are made up of four downstream connections, with insulated, stranded, rigid copper cables.
Ordering details
For 4-pole contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
E0461D1
kg
A45, A50, A75 BES75-40 1SBN083302R1000 1 0.400
1SBC101543S0201
Note: The connections provided for the A... contactors can be used for the AF, AE and TAE types.
BES75-40
ABB | 5/139
Ordering details
For contactors Interlock unit Type Order code Weight
between star and Pkg
delta contactors (1 pce)
Line and delta Star kg
BED 110 A63 A40 – BED50-1 1SBN083503R1001 0.180
VE5-2 BED50 1SBN083503R1000 0.280
A75 A50 – BED75-1 1SBN084103R1001 0.180
VE5-2 BED75 1SBN084103R1000 0.250
A95 A75 VE5-2 BED95 1SFN084303R1000 0.400
A110 A95 VE5-2 BED110 1SFN084503R1000 0.500
A145 A110 VM300H BED145A 1SFN084703R1000 1.300
A185 A145 VM300H BED185 1SFN084903R1000 1.100
A210 A185 VM300H BED210 1SFN085103R1000 1.500
A260 A210 VM300H BED300 1SFN085303R1000 2.100
A300 A260
AF400 A260 VM300/460H BED400 1SFN085503R1000 3.500
AF460 A300
AF460 AF400 VM750H BED460 1SFN085703R1000 4.700
E2122D
BED 400
1SBC101545S0201
5/140 | ABB
Description
1SFT98001-016C3 Mounting plates with fixing holes for the specified contactors and overload relays.
Ordering details
For contactors For Type Order code Pkg Weight
overload relays qty (1 pce)
PN300A-11
kg
5
PN300-21
For two contactors side For one or two Type Order code Pkg Weight
by side with space for overload relays qty (1 pce)
mechanical interlock
kg
1SFT98001-018C3
For main For star For Type Order code Pkg Weight
and delta contactors contactor (1) overload relays qty (1 pce)
kg
Mounting plates for star-delta starters and two speed starters for single windings
A95, A110 A75, A95 TA80DU or TA110DU PN110-41 1SFN094303R1000 1 0.950
A145, A185 A110, A145 E200DU or TA200DU PN185-41 1SFN094903R1000 1 2.440
A210 ... A300 A185 ... A300 E320DU or TA450DU PN300-41 1SFN095503R1000 1 3.440
AF400, AF460 A300, AF400 E500DU PN460-41 1SFN095703R1000 1 5.310
AF580, AF750 AF400 ... AF580 E800DU PN750-41 1SFN096103R1000 1 6.320
(1) Space for mechanical interlock included
Note: The mounting plates provided for A... contactors can be used for the AF... contactors.
1SFC101052C0201
ABB | 5/141
Description
Adapter plates with fixing holes for specified old contactors to new contactors.
1SFT98001-015C3
Ordering details
From old contactors To new contactor Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
PR300-1 kg
EH65, EH75, EH80, EH90, EG80 A95, A110 PR110-1 1SFN094500R1000 1 0.270
EH100, EH145 A110, A145 PR145-1 1SFN094700R1000 1 0.360
EH150, EH160, EH175, EH210, EG160 A185, A210 PR210-1 1SFN094900R1000 1 0.440
EH250, EH260, EH300 A210 ... A300 PR300-1 1SFN095300R1000 1 0.560
EH370, EH550, EG315 AF400 ... AF580 PR460-1 1SFN095700R1000 1 0.900
1SFT98001-014C3
Dimensions (mm)
l Type of the plate Dimensions Fixing holes
L L I h mm
PR110-1 151 106 11.2 2xø7
PR145-1 180 122 11.5 4xø7
E2119D
5/142 | ABB
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
ZL50 qty (1 pce)
kg
A/AF/AE/TAE50-30 ZL50 1SBN163503R1000 1 0.115
A/AF/AE/TAE63-30 ZL63 1SBN163703R1000 1 0.130
A/AF/AE/TAE75-30 ZL75 1SBN164103R1000 1 0.145
A/AF95-30 ZL95 1SFN164303R1000 1 0.190
A/AF110-30 ZL110 1SFN164503R1000 1 0.190
1SFT98099-007C3
qty (1 pce)
kg
A145 ... A185 and AF145 ... AF185 ZW185 1SFN164710R1000 1 0.360
A210 ... A300 and AF210 ... AF300 ZW300 1SFN165110R1000 1 0.410
ZW... AF400, AF460 ZW460 1SFN165710R1000 1 1.380
AF580, AF750, AF1250 ZW750 1SFN166110R1000 1 1.500
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 ZW1650 1SFN166510R1000 1 4.000
1SFC101054C0201
ABB | 5/143
Description
Coils for A40 ... A300, UA16 ... UA110 and UA16..RA ... UA110..RA AC operated contactors.
1SBC573802F0302
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
ZA16
Uc
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
UA16, 24 24 ZA16 1SBN151410R8106 1 0.093
UA16..RA 48 48 ZA16 1SBN151410R8306 1 0.093
110 110…120 ZA16 1SBN151410R8406 1 0.093
220…230 230…240 ZA16 1SBN151410R8006 1 0.093
230...240 240…260 ZA16 1SBN151410R8806 1 0.093
380…400 400…415 ZA16 1SBN151410R8506 1 0.093
5 400…415 415…440 ZA16 1SBN151410R8606 1 0.093
A40 24 24 ZA40 1SBN152410R8106 1 0.148
1SFT98099-010C3
5/144 | ABB
Description
Coils for AF45 ... AF2050 AC / DC operated contactors.
Ordering details
1SBC578683F0302
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc min. ... Uc max.
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
ZAF110 AF45 … AF75 - 20…60 ZAF75 1SBN153570R7206 1 0.170
48…130 48…130 ZAF75 1SBN153570R6906 1 0.170
100…250 100…250 ZAF75 1SBN153570R7006 1 0.170
AF95, AF110 - 20…60 ZAF110 1SFN154370R7206 1 0.200
48…130 48…130 ZAF110 1SFN154370R6906 1 0.200
100…250 100…250 ZAF110 1SFN154370R7006 1 0.200
AF145, AF185 - 20…60 ZAF185 1SFN154770R7206 1 0.225 5
48…130 48…130 ZAF185 1SFN154770R6906 1 0.225
100…250 100…250 ZAF185 1SFN154770R7006 1 0.225
AF210 ... AF300 - 20…60 ZAF300 1SFN155170R7206 1 0.450
48…130 48…130 ZAF300 1SFN155170R6906 1 0.450
1SFT98001-13
ZAF1650
1SFC101057C0201
ABB | 5/145
1SBC101617S0201
5/146 | ABB
1SBC101617S0201
ABB | 5/147
Description
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for standard industrial environments:
– CAL instantaneous with N.O. + N.C. contacts
E2074D
Ordering details
For contactors Number Auxiliary contacts Type Order code Pkg Weight
of blocks qty (1 pce)
kg
5
2-pole auxiliary contacts N.O. + N.C.
EK 1 1 1 – – CAL16-11A SK829002-A 1 0.050
1 1 1 – – CAL16-11B SK829002-B 1 0.050
1 1 1 – – CAL16-11C SK829002-C 1 0.050
1 1 1 – – CAL16-11D SK829002-D 1 0.050
1 1 – – 1 CCL16-11E (1) SK829002-E 1 0.050
(1) Mounting of CCL16-11E blocks does not allow an additional second block to be added on top of it.
All DC operated EK... contactors are equipped with one CCL16-11E on the right side.
1SFC101065C0201
5/148 | ABB
1SFC01002F0201C3 Description
The use of terminal shrouds on the main terminals of EK... contactors is required in electrical panels or
cubicles to be built in compliance with the rules for protection against direct contact with live parts in acc.
with EN 50274.
On EK110 ... EK1000 contactors:
– The auxiliary contact blocks and coils are designed to provide an IP20 degree of protection
LT210-EK
– The main terminals, equipped with lugs or connectors, can be protected against accidental direct con-
tact after wiring (EN 50274) by the addition of terminal shrouds (see table below).
Each terminal shroud protects all the terminals on one side of the contactor. Two terminal shrouds should
be provided for each separate contactor.
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
5
EK110, EK150 LT150-EK SK178001-HB 1 0.139
EK175, EK210 LT210-EK SK178001-KB 1 0.152
EK370, EK550 LT550-EK SK178001-LB 1 0.190
EK1000 LT1000-EK SK178001-MB 1 0.200
1SFC101068C0201
ABB | 5/149
(V) Description
1000
T (s)
The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening of the contactor coil.
0 100 The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in the form
1000 of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of drawbacks are
observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to breakdown of insulators and even destruc-
0 100
tion of certain sensitive components.
The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a 42 V / 50 Hz
A 884D
coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope a damped oscillation emerges with a peak value of
3500 V.
Overvoltage Factor
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the peak
value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph: k = ≈ 60
42 √2
To reduce the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppressors de-
signed to reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the high pre-damping
voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and the generous sizing of parts have enabled us
to reduce the number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor whose value decreases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is ap-
A078
RC-EH300/48
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty
Uc (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
EK110 ... EK210 24...48 ● – RC-EH300/48 SK829007-A 1 0.015
110...415 ● – RC-EH300/415 SK829007-B 1 0.015
EK370 ... EK1000 48...110 ● – RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK110 ... EK1000 24...125 – ● RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK370 ... EK1000 220...600 ● – RC-EH800/600 SK829007-D 1 0.015
1SFC101070C0201
5/150 | ABB
Description
Mounting plates for two horizontal mounted contactors with or without a mechanical interlock unit.
1SBC585663F0302
Ordering details
To use with: Type Order code Pkg Weight
PN... qty (1 pce)
Left hand Mechanical Right hand kg
contactor interlock contactor
EK110, EK150 VH145 EK110, EK150 PN210-22 SK829075-C 1 1.400
EK175, EK210 VH300 EK175, EK210 PN300-22 SK829075-E 1 2.070
(1) Space for mechanical interlock included.
Main dimensions mm
340
320 5
430 3
400
180
200
200
1SFC101069C0201
E0750D4
E0750D3
E0748D3
E0748D1
ø 6.8 ø 15
PN210-22 PN300-22
ABB | 5/151
A1
1 3 5 7 7 5 3 1
A1
Description
2 4 6 8 8 6 4 2
A2 A2 Connection between the main poles of two 4-pole contactors mounted side by side so that they operate as
source reversing contactors.
E0747D
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Mechanical and electrical interlock units for two horizontal mounted contactors
EK110 BSS100 SK829090-B 1 0.400
EK150 BSS145 SK829090-F 1 0.700
5 EK175, EK210 BSS210 SK829090-G 1 1.000
EK370, EK550 BSS550 SK829090-E 1 3.300
EK1000 BSS1000 SK829090-H 1 5.500
1SFC101064C0201
5/152 | ABB
Description
The mechanical interlock unit prevents one of the contactors from closing as long as the other
contactor is closed.
– VH145, VH300 interlock units for mechanical and electrical interlocking of two horizontal mounted AC or
DC operated EK110 ... EK1000 contactors.
A090C4
– VH800 interlock unit for mechanical interlocking of two horizontal mounted AC or DC operated
EK370 ... EK1000 contactors.
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Mechanical and electrical interlock units for two horizontal mounted contactors
EK110, EK150 VH145 SK829071-A 1 0.130
1SBC573592F0301
VH145
Selection table
For contactors
Left Right EK110, EK150 EK175, EK210 EK370 ... EK1000
EK110, EK150 VH145 – –
EK175, EK210 – VH300 –
EK370 ... EK1000 – – VH800
Fixing PN210-22 mounting plate PN300-22 mounting plate Mounting plate included
(to be supplied separately) (to be supplied separately)
1SFC101067C0201
ABB | 5/153
the necessary screws. In addition, the sets include four moving arcing contacts for EK370 ... EK1000
contactors.
Ordering details
KZK370
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
EK110 KZK110 SK824204-A 1 0.450
EK150 KZK150 SK824204-B 1 0.450
EK175 KZK175 SK825204-A 1 0.700
EK210 KZK210 SK825204-B 1 0.700
EK370 KZK370 SK827204-A 1 2.400
5 EK550 KZK550 SK827204-B 1 2.400
EK1000 KZK1000 SK827204-F 1 3.000
Arc chutes
Description
The arc chutes sets for EK 4-pole contactors contain 8 pieces.
Ordering details
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
EK110 KWK110 5223351-AH 1 0.660
EK150 KWK150 5223351-AK 1 0.660
EK175 KWK175 5223351-AL 1 1.260
EK210 KWK210 5223351-AM 1 1.260
EK370 KWK370 5223351-Y 1 3.170
EK550 KWK550 5223351-Z 1 3.170
EK1000 KWK1000 5223351-AN 1 3.170
1SFC101066C0201
5/154 | ABB
Description
Coils for EK110 ... EK1000 - AC operated.
1SBC273813F0302
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
(1)
KH300
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
EK110 ... EK150 48 - KH210 SK825400-AD 1 0.360
- 110 KH210 SK825400-AE 1 0.360
110 120 KH210 SK825400-AF 1 0.360
220…230 - KH210 SK825400-AL 1 0.360
230...240 - KH210 SK825400-AM 1 0.360
- 380 KH210 SK825400-AN 1 0.360 5
380…400 440 KH210 SK825400-AP 1 0.360
400…415 - KH210 SK825400-AR 1 0.360
EK175 ... EK210 48 - KH300 SK826400-AD 1 0.440
- 110 KH300 SK826400-AE 1 0.440
110 120 KH300 SK826400-AF 1 0.440
220…230 - KH300 SK826400-AL 1 0.440
230...240 - KH300 SK826400-AM 1 0.440
- 380 KH300 SK826400-AN 1 0.440
380…400 440 KH300 SK826400-AP 1 0.440
400…415 - KH300 SK826400-AR 1 0.440
EK370 ... EK1000 48 - KH800 SK828100-AD 1 0.950
110 110...120 KH800 SK828100-EF 1 0.950
110...115 115...127 KH800 SK828100-EG 1 0.950
220 220...240 KH800 SK828100-EL 1 0.950
220...230 230...255 KH800 SK828100-EM 1 0.950
380 380...415 KH800 SK828100-EP 1 0.950
380…400 400...440 KH800 SK828100-ER 1 0.950
400…415 - KH800 SK828100-AR 1 0.950
(1) Other control voltages, see voltage code table.
1SFC101079C0201
ABB | 5/155
Description
– Coils for EK110 ... EK1000 - DC operated with sets including a DC coil, an economy resistor and a
insertion contact.
– Coils for EK110 ... EK210 - Multi-frequency coil and an insertion contact for contactor with built-in rectifier.
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
(1)
V DC kg
EK110 ... EK150 12 KP210 SK825450-DA 1 set 0.450
24 KP210 SK825450-DB 1 set 0.450
36 KP210 SK825450-DC 1 set 0.450
5 48 KP210 SK825450-DD 1 set 0.450
60 KP210 SK825450-DT 1 set 0.450
75 KP210 SK825450-DG 1 set 0.450
110 KP210 SK825450-DE 1 set 0.450
125 KP210 SK825450-DU 1 set 0.450
220 KP210 SK825450-DF 1 set 0.450
EK175 ... EK210 12 KP300 SK826450-DA 1 set 0.550
24 KP300 SK826450-DB 1 set 0.550
36 KP300 SK826450-DC 1 set 0.550
48 KP300 SK826450-DD 1 set 0.550
60 KP300 SK826450-DT 1 set 0.550
75 KP300 SK826450-DG 1 set 0.550
110 KP300 SK826450-DE 1 set 0.550
125 KP300 SK826450-DU 1 set 0.550
220 KP300 SK826450-DF 1 set 0.550
EK3700 ... EK1000 24 KP800 SK828150-DB 1 set 1.060
36 KP800 SK828150-DC 1 set 1.060
48 KP800 SK828150-DD 1 set 1.060
60 KP800 SK828150-DT 1 set 1.060
75 KP800 SK828150-DG 1 set 1.060
110 KP800 SK828150-DE 1 set 1.060
125 KP800 SK828150-DU 1 set 1.060
220 KP800 SK828150-DF 1 set 1.060
Ordering details
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
(1)
V AC 40...400 Hz kg
EK110 ... EK150 110…120 KP210 SK825450-EF 1 set 0.450
115…127 KP210 SK825450-EG 1 set 0.450
220...230 KP210 SK825450-EL 1 set 0.450
230…240 KP210 SK825450-EM 1 set 0.450
380…400 KP210 SK825450-EP 1 set 0.450
400…415 KP210 SK825450-ER 1 set 0.450
EK175 ... EK210 110…120 KP300 SK826450-EF 1 set 0.450
115…127 KP300 SK826450-EG 1 set 0.450
220...230 KP300 SK826450-EL 1 set 0.450
230…240 KP300 SK826450-EM 1 set 0.450
380…400 KP300 SK826450-EP 1 set 0.450
400…415 KP300 SK826450-ER 1 set 0.450
(1) Other control voltages, see voltage code table.
1SFC101079C0201
5/156 | ABB
The below tables indicate the available coil voltages and corresponding digits for order codes. When placing an order, please
give the order code. Select a standard contactor from ordering detail pages. Change the coil voltage code in the order code
according to the table below. Example: for contactor A50-30-00 and coil 42 V 50/60 Hz, the order code is 1SBL351001R8200.
Contactors
AC coil code DC coil code
Auxiliary contacts Contactors: A, UA, UA..RA, GA Contactors: AL, AE, GAE
N.O. N.C. 50 Hz 60 Hz 80 12 V
Type Order code
81 24 V 24 V 81 24 V
A40 - 30 - 10 1SBL321001R 80 10 16 26 V 28 V 82 42 V
17 28 V 32 V 83 48 V
82 42 V 42 V 21 50 V
20 42 V 48 V 84 60 V
N.O. N.C. 83 48 V 48 V 85 75 V
Main contacts
73 60 V 60 V 86 110 V
74 100 V (2) 100...110 V (2) 87 125 V
26 105 V (2) 110...127 V (2) 88 220 V
A
Contactor type
AC operated
84 110 V 110...120 V 89 240 V 5
89 110...115 V 115...127 V (3) 38 250 V
AL, AE DC operated
29 120 V 140 V
TAL, TAE (1) DC operated large coil voltage range
30 125...127 V 150 V
AF, NF, GAF (1) AC / DC operated with electronic coil interface
34 175 V 208 V
UA, UA..RA Capacitor switching - AC operated
36 190 V 220 V
GA DC switching - AC operated
40 210 V 240 V
GAE DC switching - DC operated
80 220...230 V 230...240 V
AM (1) Magnetically latched - DC operated
88 230...240 V 240...260 V
(1) TAL, TAE, AF, NF, GAF, AM all coil codes included in ordering detail pages. 42 230...240 V 277 V
85 380...400 V 400...415 V
86 400...415 V 415...440 V
50 400 V 440 V
51 400...415 V 480 V
87 415...440 V 440...460 V
53 440 V 500 V
55 500 V 600 V
56 550 V – Codes in bold for dual frequency coils.
58 660...690 V – (2) Not for A145 ... A300 contactors.
59 – 690 V (3) A145 ... A300 contactors at 60 Hz 115 V only.
EK contactors
Auxiliary contacts AC coil code AC coil code
N.O. N.C. Contactors: EK110 ... EK210 Contactors: EK370 ... EK1000
Type Order code
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
EK110 - 40 - 11 SK824440 - AD AA – 24 V AD 48 V –
AB 24 V – AE – 110 V
AC – 48 V AF 110 V 120 V
AD 48 V – AG 127 V –
N.O. N.C. AE – 110 V AZ – 208 V
Main contacts
AF 110 V 120 V AH 190 V 220 V
AG 127 V – AK – 240 V
AZ – 208 V AL 220...230 V 240 V
Contactor type
AH 190 V 220 V AM 230...240 V –
EK AC operated or DC operated
AK – 240 V AN – 380 V
AL 220...230 V – AP 380...400 V 440 V
AM 230...240 V – AR 400...415 V –
AN – 380 V AS – 480 V
AP 380...400 V 440 V AT 440 V –
AR 400...415 V – AU 500 V –
AS – 480 V AV – 600 V
AT 440 V –
DC coil code AU 500 V –
Contactors: EK110 ... EK1000 AV – 600 V Dual frequency coil code
DA 12 V (4) Contactors: EK370 ... EK1000
DB 24 V 50 Hz 60 Hz
DC 36 V Multi-frequency coil code EF 110 V 110...120 V
DD 48 V Contactors: EK110 ... EK210 EG 110...115 V 115...127 V
DT 60 V 40...400 Hz EL 220 V 220...240 V
DG 75 V EF 110...120 V EM 220...230 V 230...255 V
1SBC101601S0201
ABB | 5/157
Somm_OR
6/0 | ABB
TA80DU (29 … 80 A)
Ordering details 6/23
Technical data 6/24
ABB | 6/1
Description
The T16 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit.
They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have trip
class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
2CDC231012F0011
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
– Manual or automatic reset selectable
– Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
T16-16 – Two electrically isolated auxiliary contacts – 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
– TEST and STOP function – Trip indication on the front
– Temperature compensation
– Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
2CDC235002F0011
2CDC232008F0008
2CDC106036C0201
T16
6/2 | ABB
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
2CDC106036C0201
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
ABB | 6/3
6
Full load amps and short-circuit protective device
Type Full load amps (FLA) Short-circuit protective device
480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type
symmetrical symmetrical
T16-0.13 0.13 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-0.17 0.17 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-0.23 0.23 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-0.31 0.31 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-0.41 0.41 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-0.55 0.55 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-0.74 0.74 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-1.0 1.00 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-1.3 1.30 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-1.7 1.70 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-2.3 2.30 A 18 kA 10 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-3.1 3.10 A 18 kA 10 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-4.2 4.20 A 18 kA 15 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-5.7 5.70 A 18 kA 20 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-7.6 7.60 A 18 kA 25 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
T16-10 10.0 A 18 kA 35 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
T16-13 13.0 A 18 kA 40 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
T16-16 16.0 A 18 kA 60 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
2CDC106036C0201
6/4 | ABB
Electrical connection
6
Main circuit
Type T16
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
2x 1)
0.75 ... 1.5 mm² or 1.5 ... 4 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 12 mm
Tightening torques 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 … 13 Ib.in
Connection screw M4 (Pozidriv 2)
1)
Combination of different wires not possible
Auxiliary circuit
Type T16
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm² or 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 … 13 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106036C0201
ABB | 6/5
Description
The TF42 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main circuit.
They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have trip
class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
1SBC101326F0010
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
– Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
– TEST and STOP function – Trip indication on the front
TF42-38
– Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
– Sealable cover
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg
0.10 ... 0.13 0.5 A, Fuse type T 10 TF42-0.13 1SAZ721201R1005 0.130
2CDC231001F0011
2CDC106046C0201
2CDC232005F0009
TF42
6/6 | ABB
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
2CDC106046C0201
ABB | 6/7
6
Full load amps and short-circuit protective device
Type Full load amps (FLA) Short-circuit protective device
480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type
symmetrical symmetrical
TF42-0.13 0.13 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.17 0.17 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.23 0.23 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.31 0.31 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.41 0.41 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.55 0.55 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.74 0.74 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-1.0 1.00 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-1.3 1.30 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-1.7 1.70 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-2.3 2.30 A 18 kA 10 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-3.1 3.10 A 18 kA 10 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-4.2 4.20 A 18 kA 15 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-5.7 5.70 A 18 kA 20 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-7.6 7.60 A 18 kA 25 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-10 10.0 A 18 kA 35 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
TF42-13 13.0 A 18 kA 40 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
TF42-16 16.0 A 18 kA 60 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
TF42-20 20.0 A 18 kA 80 A, K5 100 kA 60 A, Class J
TF42-24 24.0 A 18 kA 80 A, K5 100 kA 60 A, Class J
TF42-29 29.0 A 18 kA 100 A, K5 100 kA 100 A, Class J
TF42-35 35.0 A 18 kA 150 A, K5 100 kA 175 A, Class J
TF42-38 38.0 A 18 kA 150 A, K5 100 kA 175 A, Class J
2CDC106046C0201
6/8 | ABB
Electrical connection
6
Main circuit
Type TF42 TF42
(TF42-0.13 … TF42-16) (TF42-20 … TF42-38)
Connecting capacity
1)
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 2.5 mm² or 2.5 ... 10 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 4 mm² or 4 ... 6 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-10 AWG 14-6
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-10 AWG 14-6
Stripping length 12 mm
Tightening torques 1.5 - 2.5 Nm / 13 … 22 Ib.in 2.5 - 2.7 Nm / 22 Ib.in
Connection screw M4 (Pozidriv 2)
1)
Combination of different wires not possible
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF42
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm² or 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 … 13 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106046C0201
ABB | 6/9
Description
The TA25DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
2CDC231002F0009
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
6 A kg
0.10 ... 0.16 0.50 A, Fuse type F 10A TA25DU-0.16 1SAZ211201R1005 0.150
0.16 ... 0.25 0.63 A, Fuse type F 10A TA25DU-0.25 1SAZ211201R1009 0.150
0.25 ... 0.40 1.25 A, Fuse type F 10A TA25DU-0.4 1SAZ211201R1013 0.150
0.40 ... 0.63 2 A, Fuse type gG / - 10A TA25DU-0.63 1SAZ211201R1017 0.150
0.63 ... 1.00 4 A, Fuse type gG / 2 A aM 10A TA25DU-1.0 1SAZ211201R1021 0.150
1.00 ... 1.40 6 A, Fuse type gG / 2 A aM 10A TA25DU-1.4 1SAZ211201R1023 0.150
1.30 ... 1.80 6 A, Fuse type gG / 4 A aM 10A TA25DU-1.8 1SAZ211201R1025 0.150
1.70 ... 2.40 6 A, Fuse type gG / 4 A aM 10A TA25DU-2.4 1SAZ211201R1028 0.150
2.20 ... 3.10 10 A, Fuse type gG / 6 A aM 10A TA25DU-3.1 1SAZ211201R1031 0.150
2.80 ... 4.00 10 A, Fuse type gG / 6 A aM 10A TA25DU-4.0 1SAZ211201R1033 0.150
3.50 ... 5.00 16 A, Fuse type gG / 10 A aM 10A TA25DU-5.0 1SAZ211201R1035 0.150
4.50 ... 6.50 20 A, Fuse type gG / 16 A aM 10A TA25DU-6.5 1SAZ211201R1038 0.150
6.00 ... 8.50 20 A, Fuse type gG / 20 A aM 10A TA25DU-8.5 1SAZ211201R1040 0.150
7.50 ... 11.00 35 A, Fuse type gG / 25 A aM 10A TA25DU-11 1SAZ211201R1043 0.150
10.00 ... 14.00 35 A, Fuse type gG / 25 A aM 10A TA25DU-14 1SAZ211201R1045 0.150
13.00 ... 19.00 50 A, Fuse type gG / 35 A aM 10A TA25DU-19 1SAZ211201R1047 0.170
18.00 ... 25.00 63 A, Fuse type gG / 50 A aM 10A TA25DU-25 1SAZ211201R1051 0.170
24.00 ... 32.00 80 A, Fuse type gG / 63 A aM 10A TA25DU-32 1SAZ211201R1053 0.200
13.5 0.53"
13.5 0.53"
14* 0.55"*
39 1.54"
2CDC106039C0201
2CDC232023F0011
94 3.7"
TA25DU + DX25
6/10 | ABB
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
2CDC106039C0201
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
ABB | 6/11
6/12 | ABB
Electrical connection
Main circuit 6
Type TA25DU TA25DU TA25DU
(0.16-11 A) (14-25 A) (32 A)
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 6 mm² 1.5 ... 10 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 6 mm² -
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x1) 0.75 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 6 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 16-8 AWG 16-8 AWG 10-8
2x AWG 16-8 AWG 16-8 -
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 16-8 AWG 16-8 AWG 10-8
2x AWG 16-8 AWG 16-8 -
Stripping length 12 mm 12 mm 15 mm
Tightening torques 1.4 - 2.0 Nm / 12 Ib.in 1.4 - 2.0 Nm / 12 Ib.in 2.5 - 3.2 Nm / 20 Ib.in
Connection screw M4 (Pozidriv 2) M4 (Pozidriv 2) M5 (Pozidriv 2)
1)
Combination of different wires not possible
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA25DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106039C0201
ABB | 6/13
Description
The single mounting kits offer the possibility to mount the overload relays separately from the contactor.
The DS25-A allows electrically remote tripping of TA25DU. DR25-A coil for remote reset of TA25DU.
SST01494
DX25
Ordering details
For thermal overload relays Description Type Order code Weight
2CDC231017F0006
(1 pce)
kg
DR25-A-220/380
13.5 0.53"
13.5 0.53"
44 1.73"
52.2 2.06" 2.5 0.1"
20 0.79"
21.5 0.85"
85.8 3.38"
13.5 0.53"
13.5 0.53" 71.5 2.81"
12 0.47"
14.5
0.57"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
14* 0.55" *
49.5 1.95"
14* 0.55"*
35.5 1.4"
48 1.89"
7.5
0.3"
Hutschiene 35 EN60715
DIN rail 35 EN60715
2CDC232023F0011
2CDC232024F0011
2CDC106039C0201
39 1.54"
6/14 | ABB
Description
The TA42DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
2CDC231006F0011
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg 6
18 ... 25 63 A, Fuse type gG / 50 A aM 10A TA42DU-25 1SAZ311201R1001 0.335
22 ... 32 80 A, Fuse type gG / 63 A aM 10A TA42DU-32 1SAZ311201R1002 0.335
29 ... 42 100 A, Fuse type gG / 80 A aM 10A TA42DU-42 1SAZ311201R1003 0.335
30 1.18"
2.2"
10
56
2CDC232015F0011
6 0.24"
17.5 0.69" 17.5 0.69"
2CDC106040C0201
TA42DU
ABB | 6/15
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
2CDC106040C0201
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
6/16 | ABB
2CDC106040C0201
ABB | 6/17
Electrical connection
6 Main circuit
Type TA42DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 2.5 ... 25 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 2.5 ... 25 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 10 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-1
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-1
Stripping length 14 mm
Tightening torques 4.5 Nm / 40 Ib.in
Connection screw M6 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA42DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106040C0201
6/18 | ABB
Description
The TA75DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
2CDC231007F0011
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg 6
18 ... 25 63 A, Fuse type gG / 50 A aM 10A TA75DU-25 1SAZ321201R1001 0.335
22 ... 32 80 A, Fuse type gG / 63 A aM 10A TA75DU-32 1SAZ321201R1002 0.335
29 ... 42 100 A, Fuse type gG / 80 A aM 10A TA75DU-42 1SAZ321201R1003 0.335
36 ... 52 125 A, Fuse type gG / 100 A aM 10A TA75DU-52 1SAZ321201R1004 0.335
45 ... 63 160 A, Fuse type gG / 125 A aM 10A TA75DU-63 1SAZ321201R1005 0.335
60 ... 80 200 A, Fuse type gG / 160 A aM 10A TA75DU-80 1SAZ321201R1006 0.370
117 4.61"
5 0.2"
35.5 1.4"
92 3.62"
86 3.39"
18 0.71"
5 0.2"
10 0.39"
56 2.2"
2CDC232017F0011
2CDC232025F0011
2CDC106043C0201
60 2.36" 18 0.71"
38.5 1.52"
17.5 0.69" 17.5 0.69" 6 0.24"
DIN rail 35 EN60715
54 2.13" 110.5 4.35" Hutschiene 35 EN60715
TA75DU DB80
ABB | 6/19
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
2CDC106043C0201
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
6/20 | ABB
2CDC106043C0201
ABB | 6/21
Electrical connection
6 Main circuit
Type TA75DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 2.5 ... 25 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 2.5 ... 25 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 10 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-1
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-1
Stripping length 14 mm
Tightening torques 4.5 Nm / 40 Ib.in
Connection screw M6 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA75DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106043C0201
6/22 | ABB
Description
The TA80DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
2CDC231008F0011
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
DB80 protective device (1 pce)
A kg 6
29 ... 42 100 A, Fuse type gG / 80 A aM 10A TA80DU-42 1SAZ331201R1003 0.360
36 ... 52 125 A, Fuse type gG / 100 A aM 10A TA80DU-52 1SAZ331201R1004 0.365
45 ... 63 160 A, Fuse type gG / 125 A aM 10A TA80DU-63 1SAZ331201R1005 0.365
60 ... 80 200 A, Fuse type gG / 160 A aM 10A TA80DU-80 1SAZ331201R1006 0.375
117 4.61"
78 3.07"
86 3.39"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
9 0.35" 68 2.68"
30 1.18" 19 0.75" 19 0.75"
70 2.76" 2.5 0.1" 4.7 0.19"
4.3 0.17" 13 0.51"
5 0.2"
41 1.61"
92 3.62"
86 3.39"
19 0.75"
5 0.2"
10 0.39"
56 2.2"
2CDC106044C0201
2CDC232018F0011
2CDC232025F0011
60 2.36" 18 0.71"
38.5 1.52"
17.5 0.69" 17.5 0.69" 6 0.24"
DIN rail 35 EN60715
54 2.13" 110.5 4.35" Hutschiene 35 EN60715
TA80DU DB80
ABB | 6/23
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
2CDC106044C0201
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
6/24 | ABB
2CDC106044C0201
ABB | 6/25
Electrical connection
6 Main circuit
Type TA80DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 2.5 ... 25 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 2.5 ... 25 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 10 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-1
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 8-1
Stripping length 14 mm
Tightening torques 4.5 Nm / 40 Ib.in
Connection screw M6 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA80DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106044C0201
6/26 | ABB
Description
The TA110DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
2CDC231009F0011
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg 6
66 ... 90 200 A, Fuse type gG / 160 A aM 10A TA110DU-90 1SAZ411201R1001 0.750
80 ... 110 224 A, Fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA110DU-110 1SAZ411201R1002 0.755
37 1.46"
30 1.4" 30 1.18"
2 0.08"
2 0.08"
56 2.2"
33 1.3"
32 1.26"
6 0.24"
10 0.39"
4 0.16"
70 2.76"
82.3 3.24"
83 3.27"
2CDC232020F0011
2CDC106037C0201
68 2.68"
80 3.15"
TA110DU
ABB | 6/27
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
2CDC106037C0201
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
6/28 | ABB
2CDC106037C0201
ABB | 6/29
Electrical connection
6 Main circuit
Type TA110DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 16 ... 35 mm²
2x -
Flexible 1x 16 ... 35 mm²
2x -
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 6-2/0
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 6-2/0
Stripping length 25 mm
Tightening torques 7.2 ... 9.6 Nm / 40 Ib.in
Connection screw M8 (Hexagon)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA110DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106037C0201
6/30 | ABB
Description
The TA200DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
trip class 10A.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
2CDC231010F0011
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
– Manual or automatic reset selectable
TA200DU-200 – Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
– Two electrically isolated auxiliary contacts – 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
– TEST and STOP function – Trip indication on the front
– Temperature compensation
– Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg 6
66 ... 90 200 A, Fuse type gG / 160 A aM 10A TA200DU-90 1SAZ421201R1001 0.755
80 ... 110 224 A, Fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA200DU-110 1SAZ421201R1002 0.760
100 ... 135 224 A, Fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA200DU-135 1SAZ421201R1003 0.760
110 ... 150 250 A, Fuse type gG / 224 A aM 10A TA200DU-150 1SAZ421201R1004 0.760
130 ... 175 315 A, Fuse type gG / 250 A aM 10A TA200DU-175 1SAZ421201R1005 0.770
150 ... 200 315 A, Fuse type gG / 250 A aM 10A TA200DU-200 1SAZ421201R1006 0.785
23 0.91" 26 1.02"
5.5 0.22" 32 1.26" 3 0.12"
Ø8.5 Ø0.33"
2"
11 0.43"
30.9 1.22"
49.9
6 0.24"
10 0.39"
5.94"
4 0.16"
82.3 3.24"
68 2.68"
151
80 3.15"
2CDC232021F0011
22.1 0.87"
8 0.31" 6 0.24"
2CDC106038C0201
61 2.4" 4 0.16"
Ø 11 Ø 0.43" Ø 5.3 Ø 0.21"
126 4.96"
20 0.79"
50 1.97"
42 1.65" 42 1.65"
TA200DU
ABB | 6/31
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
2CDC106038C0201
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
6/32 | ABB
2CDC106038C0201
ABB | 6/33
Electrical connection
6 Main circuit
Type TA200DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 25 ... 120 mm²
Flexible 1x 16 ... 35 mm²
l L Lugs L ≤ 12 mm / l > 6 mm
Tightening torques 4 Nm
Connection screw M6
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA200DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106038C0201
6/34 | ABB
Description
The TA450DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
2CDC231011F0011
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The devices have
trip class 10A.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor current flows
through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of an overload (over
current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a release of the relay and a
change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
TA450DU-310
– Manual or automatic reset selectable
– Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
– Two electrically isolated auxiliary contacts – 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
– TEST and STOP function – Trip indication on the front
– Temperature compensation
– Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg 6
130 ... 185 not applicable 10A TA450DU-185 1SAZ511201R1001 1.500
165 ... 235 not applicable 10A TA450DU-235 1SAZ511201R1002 1.500
220 ... 310 not applicable 10A TA450DU-310 1SAZ511201R1003 1.500
0.22" 5.5
22 0.87"
55 2.17"
2.97"
28.4 1.12"
75.5
2CDC232022F0011
35.2 1.39"
4.5 0.18"
24.5 0.96"
2CDC106041C0201
TA450DU
ABB | 6/35
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
2CDC106041C0201
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
6/36 | ABB
2CDC106041C0201
ABB | 6/37
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TA450DU
6 Connecting capacity
Bar Max. 21 x 28.4 mm
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA450DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 x or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 x or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC106041C0201
6/38 | ABB
Description
The E16DU up to E140DU are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to
use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload
relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational temperature
2CDC231001F0007
range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature
compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free
mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to
the contactors. Single mounting kits are available as accessory.
E16DU-1.0
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg
E16DU electronic overload relays
0.10 … 0.32 1 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU-0.32 1SAX111001R1101 0.150
0.30 … 1.00 4 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU-1.0 1SAX111001R1102 0.150
0.80 … 2.70 10 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU-2.7 1SAX111001R1103 0.150
2CDC231002F0006
1.90 … 6.30 20 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU-6.3 1SAX111001R1104 0.150
5.70 … 18.9 50 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU-18.9 1SAX111001R1105 0.150
6
E45DU electronic overload relays
9.00 … 30.0 160 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E45DU-30 1SAX211001R1101 0.350
E45DU-30 15.0 … 45.0 160 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E E45DU-45 1SAX211001R1102 0.350
E80DU electronic overload relay
27.0 ... 80.0 A 250 A 10E, 20E, 30E E80DU-80 1SAX311001R1101 0.770
E140DU electronic overload relay
50.0 ... 140.0 A 400 A 10E, 20E, 30E E140DU-140 1SAX321001R1101 0.915
2CDC231003F0006
8 0.32"
18 0.71"
15 0.59"
1.2 0.5"
38.4 1.51"
94.2 3.71"
74.2 2.92"
85.2 3.35"
74.6 2.94"
2CDC232007F0011
2CDC232010F0011
2CDC231004F0006
E16DU E80DU
E140DU-140 76 2.30"
59.7 2.35"
37 1.46"
67.6 2.66" 5 0.20"
13 0.51"
2 0.08" 17 0.67"
49 1.93"
6.8 0.27"
4 0.16" 59.4 2.39" 2.5 0.10"
5.5 0.21"
27.3 1.07"
18 0.71"
15 0.59"
2 0.08"
3 0.12"
9.6 0.38"
36 1.42"
14 0.55"
23.6 0.93"
8 0.12"
38.4 1.51"
94.2 3.71"
74.2 2.92"
29.2 1.15"
38.4 1.51"
85.2 3.35"
53.5 2.11"
61 2.40"
2CDC232009F0011
2CDC232008F0011
2CDC107030C0201
E45DU E140DU
ABB | 6/39
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
2CDC107030C0201
6/40 | ABB
ABB | 6/41
General data
Type E16DU E45DU E80DU E140DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated without derating -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Continuous
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5 g / 3 … 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals or with single
mounting kit
Degree of protection IP20
Electrical connection
6
Main circuit
Type E16DU E45DU E80DU E140DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm² 6 ... 95 mm² 6 ... 95 mm²
2x 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm² 6 ... 35 mm² 6 ... 35 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 2.5 ... 10 mm² 6 ... 70 mm² 6 ... 70 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 2.5 ... 10 mm² 6 ... 35 mm² 6 ... 35 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6 AWG 10-0 AWG 8-0
2x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6 - -
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6 AWG 10-0 AWG 8-0
2x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6 - -
Stripping length 9 mm 13 mm - -
Tightening torques 0.8 - 1.5 Nm / 7 Ib.in 2.3 - 2.6 Nm / 22 Ib.in 6 - 6.5 Nm / 53 Ib.in 6 - 6.5 Nm / 53 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M5 (Pozidriv 2) M8 (inbus 4) M8 (inbus 4)
Auxiliary circuit
Type E16DU E45DU E80DU E140DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC107030C0201
6/42 | ABB
Description
Single mounting kits are available as accessory for E16DU, E45DU, E80DU, and E140DU. The single
mounting kits offer the possibility to mount the overload relay separately from the contactor.
2CDC231003F0010
6
Main dimensions mm, inches
3 0.12"
5.5 0.22"
4.5 0.18"
69.5 2.74"
65.2 2.57"
64.5 2.54"
2CDC231005F0010
14.5 0.57"
102.5 4.04"
113 4.45"
125.5 4.94"
29.6 1.17" 4.2 0.17"
61 2.40"
82.6 3.25"
91 3.59"
4.2 0.17"
50 1.97"
57 2.44"
51 2.01"
64.4 2.54"
41.7 1.64"
35.7 1.41"
3 0.12"
20.2 0.80"
DB80E
2CDC232030F0011
2CDC232027F0011
4.8 0.19"
14 0.55" 14 0.55"
12.5 0.49"
5.5 0.22"
14 0.55" 14 0.55" 5.5 0.22" 35 1.38"
10.5 0.41"
45 1.77"
94.2 3.70"
44.3 1.74" 68.5 2.70"
95.6 3.76"
DB16E DB45E
2CDC231006F0010
99 3.90"
81.5 3.21"
33.7 1.33"
99 3.90"
37 1.46"
33.7 1.33"
37 1.46"
5.5 0.22" 4.3 0.17" 5.5 0.22"
4.3 0.17"
94.2 3.71"
85.2 3.35"
85.2 3.35"
68.5 2.70"
68.5 2.70"
62.5 2.46"
62.5 2.46"
21.1 0.83"
2CDC232028F0011
2CDC232029F0011
21.1 0.83"
5 0.20"
DB80E DB140E
2CDC107030C0201
ABB | 6/43
Description
The EF19 and EF45 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external supply
is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to use
like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload
relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational temperature
1SBC101147F0010
range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature
compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free
mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to
the contactors.
EF19-18.9
Ordering details
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg
EF19 electronic overload relays
0.10 … 0.32 1 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-0.32 1SAX121001R1101 0.158
0.30 … 1.00 4 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-1.0 1SAX121001R1102 0.158
1SBC101148F0010
6 0.80 … 2.70 10 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-2.7 1SAX121001R1103 0.158
1.90 … 6.30 20 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-6.3 1SAX121001R1104 0.158
5.70 … 18.9 50 A, Fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-18.9 1SAX121001R1105 0.158
2CDC232008F0009
2CDC107032C0201
EF19 EF45
6/44 | ABB
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
2CDC107032C0201
ABB | 6/45
2CDC107032C0201
6/46 | ABB
General data
Type EF19 EF45
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated without derating -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Continuous
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 1 g / 3 … 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection IP20
Electrical connection
Main circuit 6
Type EF19 EF45
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 2.5 ... 10 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6
Stripping length 9 mm 13 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.5 Nm / 7 … 13 Ib.in 2.3 ... 2.6 Nm / 20 … 22 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF19 EF45
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Connection screw M3 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC107032C0201
ABB | 6/47
Description
The E200DU and E320DU are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to
use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload
relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational temperature
2CDC231001F0008
range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature
compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free
mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to
the contactors.
100.0 ... 320.0 630 A 10E, 20E, 30E E320DU-320 1SAX521001R1101 1.430
10.7 0.42"
4.7 0.19"
10.7 0.42"
4.7 0.19"
163.6 6.44"
122 4.80"
122 4.80"
151 5.94"
22.8 0.90"
18.5 0.73"
2CDC232011F0011
2CDC232012F0011
2CDC107029C0201
3" 3"
0.3 0.4
.5 5 0.20"
?8 ?1
1 5 0.20"
10 0.39"
35 1.38"
14 0.55"
E200DU E320DU
6/48 | ABB
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta: Motor starting time
2CDC107029C0201
ABB | 6/49
General data
Type E200DU E320DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
6 Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated without derating -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Continuous
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5 g / 3 … 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection IP20
Electrical connection
Auxiliary circuit
Type E200DU E320DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC107029C0201
6/50 | ABB
2CDC231003F0008
Description
The E500DU up to E1250DU are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy to
use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic overload
relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational temperature
range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the temperature
compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset selectable, trip-free
E500DU-500 mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are connected directly to
the contactors. Busbar kits are available as accessory for contactor mounting.
Ordering details
2CDC231004F0008
41.5 1.63"
7.35"
7.15"
185.6 7.31"
0.87"
22 0.87"
181.6
186.6
1.12"
22
110.5 4.35"
5.79"
5.99"
5.95"
4.06"
28.4
103
147.1
152.1
151.1
74 2.91"
76 2.99"
83 3.27" 83 3.27"
58 2.28" 58 2.28"
247 9.72"
53 2.09" 82 3.23"
192 7.56" 27.6 1.09"
30.7 1.21" 76 2.99"
5.3 0.21"
3.94"
2.36"
3.15"
2.17"
100
60
80
55
2CDC232013F0011
2CDC232014F0011
0.7"
0.94"
36.4 36.4"
30.4 1.2"
Ø 7(M6) Ø 0.28"
17.9
2CDC107031C0201
23.9
E500DU E800DU
ABB | 6/51
120
switching frequency
100
ta =
80
0.5
ta
s
=
60
1
ta =
s
1.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232005F0211
20 ta = 5
s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
t a: Motor starting time
2CDC107031C0201
6/52 | ABB
General data
Type E500DU E800DU E1250DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
6
Operation Open - compensated without derating -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Continuous
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15 g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5 g / 3 … 150 Hz
Degree of protection IP20
Electrical connection
Auxiliary circuit
Type E500DU E800DU E1250DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 Ib.in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
2CDC107031C0201
ABB | 6/53
1SBC101631C0201
7/0 | ABB
Presentation 7/2
Overview
R contactors for the AC circuits switching 7/4
R contactors for the DC circuits switching 7/6
Questionnaire 7/8
1SBC101631C0201
ABB | 7/1
1SBC104003S0201
7/2 | ABB
Special applications
AC / DC coupling: LOR.. contactors
Slip ring motor control: FOR.. contactors
AC / DC switching (N.C. / N.O. main poles): NOR & JOR..
contactors
Latching contactors for energy saving and safety require-
ments: AMA or AME contactors
Field discharge: AM(F)-CC-JORE.. contactors
1SBC104003S0201
ABB | 7/3
Voltage Ue up to 1000 V AC
Current Ie up to 4500 A
Contactor AC control circuit IORR63..-MT IORR125..-MT IORR200..-MT IORR400..-MT IORR500..-MT IORR800..-MT
type
DC control circuit IORE63..-MT IORE125..-MT IORE200..-MT IORE400..-MT IORE500..-MT IORE800..-MT
Categories Ue
AC-1 at 40 °C Ie 85 A 170 A 260 A 400 A 550 A 800 A
AC-3 690 V AC Ie 85 A 160 A 260 A 400 A 550 A 800 A
1000 V AC max. Ie 56 A 105 A 180 A 280 A 380 A 580 A
AC-3 690 V AC Power 80 kW 150 kW 240 kW 400 kW 540 kW 780 kW
Voltage Ue up to 500 V AC
Current Ie up to 5000 A
Contactor AC control circuit – IORR800
type
DC control circuit – IORE800
Categories Ue
AC-1 at 40 °C Ie From 85 A to 550 A, select above IOR..-MT 900 A
AC-3 380-415-440 V AC Ie – 800 A
500 V AC max. Ie – 800 A
AC-3 400 V AC Power – 450 kW
Recap:
All contactors fulfill the IEC 60947-4-1 / EN 60947-4-1 standards. Contactors with NC poles, magnetic or mechanical latching devices
1SBC104002S0201
7/4 | ABB
ABB | 7/5
Voltage Ue up to 1500 V DC
Current Ie up to 5000 A
Contactor AC control circuit IORR63 ..-CC IORR125 ..-CC IORR200 ..-CC IORR400 ..-CC IORR500 ..-CC
type
DC control circuit IORE63 ..-CC IORE125 ..-CC IORE200 ..-CC IORE400 ..-CC IORE500 ..-CC
Number of poles Categories Ue max.
in series*
DC-1 500 V DC Ie 85 A 170 A 275 A 400 A 550 A
1 pole
DC-3 / DC-5 500 V DC Ie 68 A 140 A 205 A 350 A 500 A
DC-1 1000 V DC Ie 85 A 170 A 275 A 400 A 550 A
2 poles
DC-3 / DC-5 1000 V DC Ie 68 A 140 A 205 A 350 A 500 A
DC-1 1500 V DC Ie 85 A** 170 A** 275 A** 400 A** 550 A**
7 3 poles
DC-3 / DC-5 1500 V DC Ie 68 A** 140 A** 205 A** 350 A** 500 A**
*Number of poles to be fitted in series according to the operational voltage and the utilization categories.
**Version with increased insulation for 1000 V DC < Ue ≤ 1500 V DC, please consult us.
Contactors
UL / CSA approved
Voltage Ue up to 600 V DC
Current Ie up to 2000 A
Contactor AC control circuit IORR800-10-CC IORR1000-10-CC IORR1400-10-CC IORR1700-10-CC IORR2100-10-CC
type
DC control circuit IORE800-10-CC IORE1000-10-CC IORE1400-10-CC IORE1700-10-CC IORE2100-10-CC
U max.
Recap:
All contactors fulfill the IEC 60947-4-1 / EN 60947-4-1 standards. Contactors with NC poles, magnetic or mechanical latching devices
1SBC104001S0201
7/6 | ABB
750 V DC 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2300 A 3200 A 3800 A 4500 A 5000 A
600 V DC 720 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A On request On request On request On request On request
1500 V DC 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2300 A 3200 A 3800 A 4500 A 5000 A
1000 V DC 720 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A On request On request On request On request On request
1500 V DC 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2300 A 3200 A 3800 A 4500 A 5000 A
7
1500 V DC 720 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A On request On request On request On request On request
Product overview
ABB | 7/7
Accessories .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Please add any other useful documents for further information e.g. technical specification, drawing, wiring diagram, etc.
Type ..................................................................
Fixing dimension F = ............... mm
Overall dimensions W = ............... mm
H = ............... mm F D
1SBC104004S0201
W
D = ............... mm
Please photocopy and forward. Questionnaire also available on the ABB Website:
www.abb.com/lowvoltage Section: Our offering Select: Control Products > Contactors > Bar mounted contactors
7/8 | ABB
This document is used to define the contactor specification according to the complete information on the application
1SBC104004S0201
Please photocopy and forward. Questionnaire also available on the ABB Website:
www.abb.com/lowvoltage Section: Our offering Select: Control Products > Contactors > Bar mounted contactors
ABB | 7/9
2CDC135025C0201
8/0 | ABB
2CDC135025C0201
ABB | 8/1
UMC100-FBP is a flexible, modular and expandable motor management system for constant-speed low-voltage range motors.
It's most important tasks include motor protection, prevention of plant standstills and the reduction of down time. This is made possible by
early information relating to possible motor problems which avoids unplanned plant standstills. Even if a motor trips, quick diagnosis of the cause of
the fault serves to reduce downtime.
Further information
UMC & FBP Catalogue 2CDC 190 022 D0204
UMC & FBP Brochure 2CDC 135 011 B0202
2CDC135025C0201
8/2 | ABB
Main power
Voltage max 1000 V AC
Frequency 45 to 65 Hz
Rated motor current 0.24 to 63 A, without accessories
Greater currents with transformer
Transformer diameter 11 mm (max 25 mm²)
Tripping classes 5, 10, 20, 30, 40 in accordance with EN/IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection Separate fuse on network side
Control unit
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Reverse polarity protection yes
Inputs 6 digital inputs 24 V DC
1 PTC input
Outputs 3 relay outputs relay
1 digital output transistor
Interfaces 1 for ABB FieldBusPlug
1 for UMC100-PAN control station
1 for expansion module
Parametric assignment via fieldbus, control station and / or software 8
Addressing Control station or addressing set
LEDs 3 LEDs: green, yellow, red
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Inputs DX111 8 digital inputs 24 V DC
DX122 8 digital inputs 110/230 V AC
Outputs 4 relay outputs relay
1 analogue output, 0/4 to 20 mA / 0 to 10 V configurable
Fastening on DIN busbar (EN50022-35)
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 77 x 100 mm (without terminal block)
2CDC135025C0201
ABB | 8/3
2CDC135025C0201
8/4 | ABB
2CDC135025C0201
ABB | 8/5
In compliance with standards IEC 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-4-1, we define for the contactors and starters the type, rating
and characteristics of the short-circuit protection devices SCPD which allow selective protection against overloads and ensure
protection against short circuits.
Basic functions
Any starter is designed to:
– start motors,
– ensure continuous functioning of motors,
– disconnect motors from the supply line,
– guarantee protection of motors against overloads.
The starter is typically made up of a switching device (contactor) and an overload protection device (thermal overload relay TOR or electronic
overload relay EOR).
These two devices MUST be coordinated with equipment capable of providing protection against short circuit (SCPD: short circuit protective de-
vice): typically a circuit breaker with magnetic release only or a switch fuse. These are not necessarily part of the starter.
Applicable standards
IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) precisely defines the different points to be considered in order to carry out correct coordination.
Complete coordination for a combination includes the following points:
– Selectivity test between the overload relay and the short-circuit protection device SCPD.
– Short-circuit condition tests:
- at prospective "r" currents - These currents depend on the rated operational current of the starter (Ie AC-3) and are given by the standard
(Table 11). For example:
r = 1kA for Ie AC-3 < 16 A
r = 3 kA for 16 A < Ie AC-3 < 63 A
r = 5 kA for 63 A < Ie AC-3 < 125 A etc.
- at the rated prospective short-circuit current "Iq" - This is the maximum current that the combination can withstand, for example 50 kA.
Types of coordination
9
IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) defines two types of coordination according to the expected level of service continuity. Acceptable extreme dam-
age for the switchgear is divided into two types.
Type 1: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or installations and will not be able to then operate without
being repaired or having parts replaced.
Type 2: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or installations and will be able to operate afterwards.
The risk of contacts light welding is acceptable.
9/0 | ABB
A motor starter is typically made up of a switching device (contactor) and an overload protection device (see opposite page
"Basic functions").
These two devices must be coordinated with an equipment capable of providing protection against short circuit (SCPD: Short-Circuit Protection
Device).
A complete data base of coordination tables, according to IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) or UL 508 / UL 60947-4-1, is available on the ABB
Website: see below.
Selection
Simple or multiple selections all from the same screen.
Starter type
– Direct-on-line normal start
– Direct-on-line heavy duty
– Star-delta normal start
– Soft starter normal start
Coordination
– IEC type 1 or type 2
– UL type A to Type F
Results
– Search results displayed at the bottom of the selection page.
– Only the most appropriate solutions to your application, will be displayed at the bottom of the page.
"Enable Smart Current Search" function featured for the short-circuit current where "near to" selected values also are included in the result.
– Possible to print the page to a pdf file or from your printer.
– "Clear selection" function to deselect all selected.
1SBC101591S0201
Access
To find the coordination tables for motor protection, please see:
www.abb.com/lowvoltage then go to the right menu: "Support", select: "Online Product Selection Tools" then select "Coordination Tables for
motor protection"
ABB | 9/1
10/0 | ABB
ABB | 10/1
10/2 | ABB
ABB | 10/3
10/4 | ABB
ABB | 10/5
10/6 | ABB
ABB | 10/7
10/8 | ABB
ABB | 10/9
10/10 | ABB
ABB | 10/11
10
1SBC101640S0201
10/12 | ABB
www.abb.com/lowvoltage
For reference only. www.fengshengelectric.com.sg